WO2017027721A1 - Near-ir light-cleavable conjugates and conjugate precursors - Google Patents
Near-ir light-cleavable conjugates and conjugate precursors Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2017027721A1 WO2017027721A1 PCT/US2016/046582 US2016046582W WO2017027721A1 WO 2017027721 A1 WO2017027721 A1 WO 2017027721A1 US 2016046582 W US2016046582 W US 2016046582W WO 2017027721 A1 WO2017027721 A1 WO 2017027721A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- conjugate
- alkyl
- drug
- independently
- light
- Prior art date
Links
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 36
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 121
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 claims abstract description 119
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 82
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 48
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 87
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims description 81
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 claims description 76
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims description 42
- -1 heteroaliphatic Chemical group 0.000 claims description 40
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 38
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 35
- 229960005537 combretastatin A-4 Drugs 0.000 claims description 30
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 28
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 27
- 239000012472 biological sample Substances 0.000 claims description 26
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 25
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 claims description 25
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 claims description 25
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 claims description 22
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 20
- 150000008052 alkyl sulfonates Chemical class 0.000 claims description 19
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 19
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 18
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 18
- 230000001678 irradiating effect Effects 0.000 claims description 16
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 16
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 claims description 15
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 15
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 14
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 14
- 239000002246 antineoplastic agent Substances 0.000 claims description 13
- 229960001972 panitumumab Drugs 0.000 claims description 13
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 11
- 229910052701 rubidium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 10
- 229940041181 antineoplastic drug Drugs 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 229910052711 selenium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 8
- 208000026310 Breast neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims description 6
- BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-M sulfonate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)=O BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 claims description 6
- 206010006187 Breast cancer Diseases 0.000 claims description 5
- 229910008293 Li—C Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 5
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000003560 cancer drug Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000001273 sulfonato group Chemical class [O-]S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 claims description 3
- GDIYMWAMJKRXRE-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2z)-2-[(2e)-2-[2-chloro-3-[(z)-2-(1,3,3-trimethylindol-1-ium-2-yl)ethenyl]cyclohex-2-en-1-ylidene]ethylidene]-1,3,3-trimethylindole Chemical compound CC1(C)C2=CC=CC=C2N(C)C1=CC=C1C(Cl)=C(C=CC=2C(C3=CC=CC=C3[N+]=2C)(C)C)CCC1 GDIYMWAMJKRXRE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 abstract description 6
- 239000000562 conjugate Substances 0.000 description 207
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 47
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 33
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 29
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 29
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 27
- XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Argon Chemical compound [Ar] XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 26
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 description 25
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 description 25
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 description 25
- HVXBOLULGPECHP-UHFFFAOYSA-N combretastatin A4 Natural products C1=C(O)C(OC)=CC=C1C=CC1=CC(OC)=C(OC)C(OC)=C1 HVXBOLULGPECHP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 24
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 24
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 24
- HVXBOLULGPECHP-WAYWQWQTSA-N Combretastatin A4 Chemical compound C1=C(O)C(OC)=CC=C1\C=C/C1=CC(OC)=C(OC)C(OC)=C1 HVXBOLULGPECHP-WAYWQWQTSA-N 0.000 description 22
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 21
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 20
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 19
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 18
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 16
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 15
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trifluoroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(F)(F)F DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 14
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 14
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 14
- 229910052786 argon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 13
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 13
- 230000021615 conjugation Effects 0.000 description 13
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 13
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 13
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 11
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 11
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 11
- QGKMIGUHVLGJBR-UHFFFAOYSA-M (4z)-1-(3-methylbutyl)-4-[[1-(3-methylbutyl)quinolin-1-ium-4-yl]methylidene]quinoline;iodide Chemical compound [I-].C12=CC=CC=C2N(CCC(C)C)C=CC1=CC1=CC=[N+](CCC(C)C)C2=CC=CC=C12 QGKMIGUHVLGJBR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 10
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-MZCSYVLQSA-N Deuterated methanol Chemical compound [2H]OC([2H])([2H])[2H] OKKJLVBELUTLKV-MZCSYVLQSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 238000005481 NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 10
- NKLCNNUWBJBICK-UHFFFAOYSA-N dess–martin periodinane Chemical compound C1=CC=C2I(OC(=O)C)(OC(C)=O)(OC(C)=O)OC(=O)C2=C1 NKLCNNUWBJBICK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 10
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 10
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 230000009102 absorption Effects 0.000 description 9
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 9
- 210000001142 back Anatomy 0.000 description 9
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 9
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 9
- HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Aminoethan-1-ol Chemical compound NCCO HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 102000001301 EGF receptor Human genes 0.000 description 8
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 8
- 239000000543 intermediate Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000004895 liquid chromatography mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000010409 thin film Substances 0.000 description 8
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 7
- JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-diisopropylethylamine Substances CCN(C(C)C)C(C)C JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 7
- 229960005501 duocarmycin Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 7
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 7
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 7
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical compound [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 description 6
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 229930184221 duocarmycin Natural products 0.000 description 6
- 239000012091 fetal bovine serum Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 6
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical class [H]* 0.000 description 6
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 238000006862 quantum yield reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000004366 reverse phase liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000009870 specific binding Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 6
- 229960000575 trastuzumab Drugs 0.000 description 6
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- VQNATVDKACXKTF-XELLLNAOSA-N duocarmycin Chemical compound COC1=C(OC)C(OC)=C2NC(C(=O)N3C4=CC(=O)C5=C([C@@]64C[C@@H]6C3)C=C(N5)C(=O)OC)=CC2=C1 VQNATVDKACXKTF-XELLLNAOSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 230000005284 excitation Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000002073 fluorescence micrograph Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000001782 photodegradation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000006303 photolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000015843 photosynthesis, light reaction Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000010791 quenching Methods 0.000 description 5
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 5
- YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N (+)-Biotin Chemical compound N1C(=O)N[C@@H]2[C@H](CCCCC(=O)O)SC[C@@H]21 YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N 0.000 description 4
- KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Carbamate Chemical compound NC([O-])=O KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon dioxide Chemical compound O=C=O CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000006144 Dulbecco’s modified Eagle's medium Substances 0.000 description 4
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 4
- BAVYZALUXZFZLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methylamine Chemical compound NC BAVYZALUXZFZLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(O)=O MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 4
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 4
- RYYVLZVUVIJVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N caffeine Chemical compound CN1C(=O)N(C)C(=O)C2=C1N=CN2C RYYVLZVUVIJVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000003833 cell viability Effects 0.000 description 4
- FZFAMSAMCHXGEF-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloro formate Chemical compound ClOC=O FZFAMSAMCHXGEF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 231100000135 cytotoxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 4
- 230000003013 cytotoxicity Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000010511 deprotection reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- IPZJQDSFZGZEOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylmethylene Chemical group C[C]C IPZJQDSFZGZEOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 4
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 238000000684 flow cytometry Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000004404 heteroalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 4
- 229940127121 immunoconjugate Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 4
- BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanoic acid Natural products OC=O BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000012044 organic layer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000008188 pellet Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 238000002415 sodium dodecyl sulfate polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 4
- UCSJYZPVAKXKNQ-HZYVHMACSA-N streptomycin Chemical compound CN[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@](C=O)(O)[C@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](NC(N)=N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(N)=N)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O UCSJYZPVAKXKNQ-HZYVHMACSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 150000003871 sulfonates Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- GETQZCLCWQTVFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethylamine Chemical compound CN(C)C GETQZCLCWQTVFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- VEEGZPWAAPPXRB-BJMVGYQFSA-N (3e)-3-(1h-imidazol-5-ylmethylidene)-1h-indol-2-one Chemical compound O=C1NC2=CC=CC=C2\C1=C/C1=CN=CN1 VEEGZPWAAPPXRB-BJMVGYQFSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000001644 13C nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 3
- BODPHGOBXPGJKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[2-[2-[2-(2-azidoethoxy)ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]propanoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCOCCOCCOCCOCCN=[N+]=[N-] BODPHGOBXPGJKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O Ammonium Chemical compound [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 3
- 108091003079 Bovine Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 3
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 108060003951 Immunoglobulin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108010021625 Immunoglobulin Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108700005091 Immunoglobulin Genes Proteins 0.000 description 3
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanesulfonic acid Chemical compound CS(O)(=O)=O AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- KWYHDKDOAIKMQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N,N',N'-tetramethylethylenediamine Chemical compound CN(C)CCN(C)C KWYHDKDOAIKMQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propanedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)CC(O)=O OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000004037 angiogenesis inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940121369 angiogenesis inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000000611 antibody drug conjugate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940049595 antibody-drug conjugate Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 230000000890 antigenic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000012267 brine Substances 0.000 description 3
- KTUQUZJOVNIKNZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N butan-1-ol;hydrate Chemical compound O.CCCCO KTUQUZJOVNIKNZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 238000011088 calibration curve Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000001460 carbon-13 nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 3
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000012230 colorless oil Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000001218 confocal laser scanning microscopy Methods 0.000 description 3
- ARUVKPQLZAKDPS-UHFFFAOYSA-L copper(II) sulfate Chemical compound [Cu+2].[O-][S+2]([O-])([O-])[O-] ARUVKPQLZAKDPS-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 3
- 229910000366 copper(II) sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229940088598 enzyme Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 238000001943 fluorescence-activated cell sorting Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000011888 foil Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000001188 haloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 102000018358 immunoglobulin Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010253 intravenous injection Methods 0.000 description 3
- ZXEKIIBDNHEJCQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N isobutanol Chemical compound CC(C)CO ZXEKIIBDNHEJCQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000002372 labelling Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229910052943 magnesium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000010453 quartz Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000000171 quenching effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- PPASLZSBLFJQEF-RKJRWTFHSA-M sodium ascorbate Substances [Na+].OC[C@@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1[O-] PPASLZSBLFJQEF-RKJRWTFHSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 235000010378 sodium ascorbate Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229960005055 sodium ascorbate Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 235000017557 sodium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 3
- PPASLZSBLFJQEF-RXSVEWSESA-M sodium-L-ascorbate Chemical compound [Na+].OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1[O-] PPASLZSBLFJQEF-RXSVEWSESA-M 0.000 description 3
- QQIQAVJARACLHE-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;4-[(2z)-2-[(2z)-2-[2-chloro-3-[(e)-2-[3,3-dimethyl-1-(4-sulfonatobutyl)indol-1-ium-2-yl]ethenyl]cyclohex-2-en-1-ylidene]ethylidene]-3,3-dimethylindol-1-yl]butane-1-sulfonate Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]S(=O)(=O)CCCCN1C2=CC=CC=C2C(C)(C)\C1=C/C=C\1C(Cl)=C(\C=C\C=2C(C3=CC=CC=C3[N+]=2CCCCS([O-])(=O)=O)(C)C)CCC/1 QQIQAVJARACLHE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;chloride;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Na+].[Cl-] HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000375 suspending agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical group [H]S* 0.000 description 3
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-butenedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=CC(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000036326 tumor accumulation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000004881 tumor cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000035899 viability Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000080 wetting agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- KQODQNJLJQHFQV-UHFFFAOYSA-N (-)-hemiasterlin Natural products C1=CC=C2C(C(C)(C)C(C(=O)NC(C(=O)N(C)C(C=C(C)C(O)=O)C(C)C)C(C)(C)C)NC)=CN(C)C2=C1 KQODQNJLJQHFQV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KQODQNJLJQHFQV-MKWZWQCGSA-N (e,4s)-4-[[(2s)-3,3-dimethyl-2-[[(2s)-3-methyl-2-(methylamino)-3-(1-methylindol-3-yl)butanoyl]amino]butanoyl]-methylamino]-2,5-dimethylhex-2-enoic acid Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(C(C)(C)[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N(C)[C@H](\C=C(/C)C(O)=O)C(C)C)C(C)(C)C)NC)=CN(C)C2=C1 KQODQNJLJQHFQV-MKWZWQCGSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IKSNDOVDVVPSMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(bromomethyl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)benzene Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C1=CC=C(CBr)C=C1 IKSNDOVDVVPSMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PRDFBSVERLRRMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2'-(4-ethoxyphenyl)-5-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)-2,5'-bibenzimidazole Chemical compound C1=CC(OCC)=CC=C1C1=NC2=CC=C(C=3NC4=CC(=CC=C4N=3)N3CCN(C)CC3)C=C2N1 PRDFBSVERLRRMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(3-methoxyphenyl)aniline Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC(C=2C=CC(N)=CC=2)=C1 OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ILUSBJDVXKZYEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(aminomethyl)oxan-4-ol;hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.NCC1(O)CCOCC1 ILUSBJDVXKZYEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LGZKGOGODCLQHG-CYBMUJFWSA-N 5-[(2r)-2-hydroxy-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)ethyl]-2-methoxyphenol Chemical compound C1=C(O)C(OC)=CC=C1C[C@@H](O)C1=CC(OC)=C(OC)C(OC)=C1 LGZKGOGODCLQHG-CYBMUJFWSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XZIIFPSPUDAGJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-chloro-2-n,2-n-diethylpyrimidine-2,4-diamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)C1=NC(N)=CC(Cl)=N1 XZIIFPSPUDAGJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- APKFDSVGJQXUKY-KKGHZKTASA-N Amphotericin-B Natural products O[C@H]1[C@@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@H]1C=CC=CC=CC=CC=CC=CC=C[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](C)[C@H](C)OC(=O)C[C@H](O)C[C@H](O)CC[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)C[C@H](O)C[C@](O)(C[C@H](O)[C@H]2C(O)=O)O[C@H]2C1 APKFDSVGJQXUKY-KKGHZKTASA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108090001008 Avidin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bicarbonate Chemical compound OC([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 0 C*1(C)c2c(C(*)OC(**)=O)c(*)c(**)c(ICC*)c2*1 Chemical compound C*1(C)c2c(C(*)OC(**)=O)c(*)c(**)c(ICC*)c2*1 0.000 description 2
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 2
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N Dextrotartaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XBPCUCUWBYBCDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dicyclohexylamine Chemical compound C1CCCCC1NC1CCCCC1 XBPCUCUWBYBCDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AOJJSUZBOXZQNB-TZSSRYMLSA-N Doxorubicin Chemical compound O([C@H]1C[C@@](O)(CC=2C(O)=C3C(=O)C=4C=CC=C(C=4C(=O)C3=C(O)C=21)OC)C(=O)CO)[C@H]1C[C@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 AOJJSUZBOXZQNB-TZSSRYMLSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N Fumaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C\C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycolic acid Chemical compound OCC(O)=O AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000008394 Immunoglobulin Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 2
- SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Indole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=CC2=C1 SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron Chemical compound [Fe] XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LPHGQDQBBGAPDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isocaffeine Natural products CN1C(=O)N(C)C(=O)C2=C1N(C)C=N2 LPHGQDQBBGAPDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930182816 L-glutamine Natural products 0.000 description 2
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930182555 Penicillin Natural products 0.000 description 2
- JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N Penicillin G Chemical compound N([C@H]1[C@H]2SC([C@@H](N2C1=O)C(O)=O)(C)C)C(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000057297 Pepsin A Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000284 Pepsin A Proteins 0.000 description 2
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphoric acid Chemical compound OP(O)(O)=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorus Chemical compound [P] OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperazine Chemical compound C1CNCCN1 GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperidine Chemical compound C1CCNCC1 NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LCTONWCANYUPML-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyruvic acid Chemical compound CC(=O)C(O)=O LCTONWCANYUPML-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Quinoline Chemical compound N1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicon Chemical compound [Si] XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium acetate Chemical compound [Na+].CC([O-])=O VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-DEQYMQKBSA-M Sodium bicarbonate-14C Chemical compound [Na+].O[14C]([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-DEQYMQKBSA-M 0.000 description 2
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfuric acid Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NKANXQFJJICGDU-QPLCGJKRSA-N Tamoxifen Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(/CC)=C(C=1C=CC(OCCN(C)C)=CC=1)/C1=CC=CC=C1 NKANXQFJJICGDU-QPLCGJKRSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RJURFGZVJUQBHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N actinomycin D Natural products CC1OC(=O)C(C(C)C)N(C)C(=O)CN(C)C(=O)C2CCCN2C(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C1NC(=O)C1=C(N)C(=O)C(C)=C2OC(C(C)=CC=C3C(=O)NC4C(=O)NC(C(N5CCCC5C(=O)N(C)CC(=O)N(C)C(C(C)C)C(=O)OC4C)=O)C(C)C)=C3N=C21 RJURFGZVJUQBHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000010933 acylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005917 acylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000007824 aliphatic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000003282 alkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004414 alkyl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000006242 amine protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004103 aminoalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- APKFDSVGJQXUKY-INPOYWNPSA-N amphotericin B Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@H]1/C=C/C=C/C=C/C=C/C=C/C=C/C=C/[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](C)[C@H](C)OC(=O)C[C@H](O)C[C@H](O)CC[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)C[C@H](O)C[C@](O)(C[C@H](O)[C@H]2C(O)=O)O[C@H]2C1 APKFDSVGJQXUKY-INPOYWNPSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960003942 amphotericin b Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000003710 aryl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 2
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000003855 balanced salt solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000013405 beer Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000090 biomarker Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960002685 biotin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000020958 biotin Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000011616 biotin Substances 0.000 description 2
- YAGCIXJCAUGCGI-UHFFFAOYSA-N butoxycarbonyl butyl carbonate Chemical compound CCCCOC(=O)OC(=O)OCCCC YAGCIXJCAUGCGI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VJEONQKOZGKCAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N caffeine Natural products CN1C(=O)N(C)C(=O)C2=C1C=CN2C VJEONQKOZGKCAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960001948 caffeine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910002092 carbon dioxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 210000001175 cerebrospinal fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- OEYIOHPDSNJKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N choline Chemical compound C[N+](C)(C)CCO OEYIOHPDSNJKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960001231 choline Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- LGZKGOGODCLQHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N combretastatin Natural products C1=C(O)C(OC)=CC=C1CC(O)C1=CC(OC)=C(OC)C(OC)=C1 LGZKGOGODCLQHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940125904 compound 1 Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000012937 correction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 description 2
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000004663 dialkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylamine Chemical compound CCNCC HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RGLYKWWBQGJZGM-ISLYRVAYSA-N diethylstilbestrol Chemical compound C=1C=C(O)C=CC=1C(/CC)=C(\CC)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 RGLYKWWBQGJZGM-ISLYRVAYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960000452 diethylstilbestrol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 2
- XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylselenoniopropionate Natural products CCC(O)=O XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000002270 dispersing agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000011067 equilibration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000019441 ethanol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000000835 fiber Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000000799 fluorescence microscopy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000019253 formic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 2
- KWIUHFFTVRNATP-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycine betaine Chemical compound C[N+](C)(C)CC([O-])=O KWIUHFFTVRNATP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 108010057806 hemiasterlin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229930187626 hemiasterlin Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 238000005570 heteronuclear single quantum coherence Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000010354 integration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- JJWLVOIRVHMVIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N isopropylamine Chemical compound CC(C)N JJWLVOIRVHMVIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N maleic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 2
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl pentane Natural products CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 2
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000000655 nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000006179 pH buffering agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940049954 penicillin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000011574 phosphorus Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002186 photoactivation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002504 physiological saline solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000002381 plasma Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008389 polyethoxylated castor oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000011533 pre-incubation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000003141 primary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- BOLDJAUMGUJJKM-LSDHHAIUSA-N renifolin D Natural products CC(=C)[C@@H]1Cc2c(O)c(O)ccc2[C@H]1CC(=O)c3ccc(O)cc3O BOLDJAUMGUJJKM-LSDHHAIUSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 2
- YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N salicylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1O YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000010898 silica gel chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940126586 small molecule drug Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000001632 sodium acetate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000017281 sodium acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000000527 sonication Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940035044 sorbitan monolaurate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000087 stabilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000011550 stock solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960005322 streptomycin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010254 subcutaneous injection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007929 subcutaneous injection Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000006188 syrup Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000020357 syrup Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- YAPQBXQYLJRXSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N theobromine Chemical compound CN1C(=O)NC(=O)C2=C1N=CN2C YAPQBXQYLJRXSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000005309 thioalkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene-4-sulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000005500 uronium group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 210000003462 vein Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000009736 wetting Methods 0.000 description 2
- QBYIENPQHBMVBV-HFEGYEGKSA-N (2R)-2-hydroxy-2-phenylacetic acid Chemical compound O[C@@H](C(O)=O)c1ccccc1.O[C@@H](C(O)=O)c1ccccc1 QBYIENPQHBMVBV-HFEGYEGKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GAJBPZXIKZXTCG-VIFPVBQESA-N (2s)-2-amino-3-[4-(azidomethyl)phenyl]propanoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(CN=[N+]=[N-])C=C1 GAJBPZXIKZXTCG-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 1
- RCTJXPOZTBLMNZ-VIFPVBQESA-N (2s)-3-(4-azidophenyl)-2-(methylamino)propanoic acid Chemical compound CN[C@H](C(O)=O)CC1=CC=C(N=[N+]=[N-])C=C1 RCTJXPOZTBLMNZ-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 1
- NXLNNXIXOYSCMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N (4-nitrophenyl) carbonochloridate Chemical compound [O-][N+](=O)C1=CC=C(OC(Cl)=O)C=C1 NXLNNXIXOYSCMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DEQANNDTNATYII-OULOTJBUSA-N (4r,7s,10s,13r,16s,19r)-10-(4-aminobutyl)-19-[[(2r)-2-amino-3-phenylpropanoyl]amino]-16-benzyl-n-[(2r,3r)-1,3-dihydroxybutan-2-yl]-7-[(1r)-1-hydroxyethyl]-13-(1h-indol-3-ylmethyl)-6,9,12,15,18-pentaoxo-1,2-dithia-5,8,11,14,17-pentazacycloicosane-4-carboxa Chemical compound C([C@@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H]1CSSC[C@H](NC(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@@H](CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3NC=2)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=2C=CC=CC=2)NC1=O)C(=O)N[C@H](CO)[C@H](O)C)C1=CC=CC=C1 DEQANNDTNATYII-OULOTJBUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PUDHBTGHUJUUFI-SCTWWAJVSA-N (4r,7s,10s,13r,16s,19r)-10-(4-aminobutyl)-n-[(2s,3r)-1-amino-3-hydroxy-1-oxobutan-2-yl]-19-[[(2r)-2-amino-3-naphthalen-2-ylpropanoyl]amino]-16-[(4-hydroxyphenyl)methyl]-13-(1h-indol-3-ylmethyl)-6,9,12,15,18-pentaoxo-7-propan-2-yl-1,2-dithia-5,8,11,14,17-p Chemical compound C([C@H]1C(=O)N[C@H](CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3NC=2)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@H](C(N[C@@H](CSSC[C@@H](C(=O)N1)NC(=O)[C@H](N)CC=1C=C2C=CC=CC2=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(N)=O)=O)C(C)C)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 PUDHBTGHUJUUFI-SCTWWAJVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OMJKFYKNWZZKTK-POHAHGRESA-N (5z)-5-(dimethylaminohydrazinylidene)imidazole-4-carboxamide Chemical compound CN(C)N\N=C1/N=CN=C1C(N)=O OMJKFYKNWZZKTK-POHAHGRESA-N 0.000 description 1
- LKJPYSCBVHEWIU-KRWDZBQOSA-N (R)-bicalutamide Chemical compound C([C@@](O)(C)C(=O)NC=1C=C(C(C#N)=CC=1)C(F)(F)F)S(=O)(=O)C1=CC=C(F)C=C1 LKJPYSCBVHEWIU-KRWDZBQOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003088 (fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-VOTSOKGWSA-M .beta-Phenylacrylic acid Natural products [O-]C(=O)\C=C\C1=CC=CC=C1 WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-VOTSOKGWSA-M 0.000 description 1
- DDMOUSALMHHKOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-dichloro-1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethane Chemical compound FC(F)(Cl)C(F)(F)Cl DDMOUSALMHHKOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FTNJQNQLEGKTGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-benzodioxole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2OCOC2=C1 FTNJQNQLEGKTGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YURSRQJLHRSPFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-hydroxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-(oxiran-2-ylmethoxy)piperidine Chemical compound C1C(C)(C)N(O)C(C)(C)CC1OCC1OC1 YURSRQJLHRSPFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 1-palmitoyl-2-arachidonoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCC IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BFPYWIDHMRZLRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 17alpha-ethynyl estradiol Natural products OC1=CC=C2C3CCC(C)(C(CC4)(O)C#C)C4C3CCC2=C1 BFPYWIDHMRZLRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MSWZFWKMSRAUBD-IVMDWMLBSA-N 2-amino-2-deoxy-D-glucopyranose Chemical compound N[C@H]1C(O)O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O MSWZFWKMSRAUBD-IVMDWMLBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BFSVOASYOCHEOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-diethylaminoethanol Chemical compound CCN(CC)CCO BFSVOASYOCHEOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940013085 2-diethylaminoethanol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- AZKSAVLVSZKNRD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 3-(4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl)-2,5-diphenyltetrazolium bromide Chemical compound [Br-].S1C(C)=C(C)N=C1[N+]1=NC(C=2C=CC=CC=2)=NN1C1=CC=CC=C1 AZKSAVLVSZKNRD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- BMYNFMYTOJXKLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-azaniumyl-2-hydroxypropanoate Chemical compound NCC(O)C(O)=O BMYNFMYTOJXKLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AOJJSUZBOXZQNB-VTZDEGQISA-N 4'-epidoxorubicin Chemical compound O([C@H]1C[C@@](O)(CC=2C(O)=C3C(=O)C=4C=CC=C(C=4C(=O)C3=C(O)C=21)OC)C(=O)CO)[C@H]1C[C@H](N)[C@@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 AOJJSUZBOXZQNB-VTZDEGQISA-N 0.000 description 1
- VVIAGPKUTFNRDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6S-folinic acid Natural products C1NC=2NC(N)=NC(=O)C=2N(C=O)C1CNC1=CC=C(C(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 VVIAGPKUTFNRDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- STQGQHZAVUOBTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7-Cyan-hept-2t-en-4,6-diinsaeure Natural products C1=2C(O)=C3C(=O)C=4C(OC)=CC=CC=4C(=O)C3=C(O)C=2CC(O)(C(C)=O)CC1OC1CC(N)C(O)C(C)O1 STQGQHZAVUOBTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 108010088751 Albumins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000009027 Albumins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 235000019489 Almond oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108020000948 Antisense Oligonucleotides Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091023037 Aptamer Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004475 Arginine Substances 0.000 description 1
- BFYIZQONLCFLEV-DAELLWKTSA-N Aromasine Chemical compound O=C1C=C[C@]2(C)[C@H]3CC[C@](C)(C(CC4)=O)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CC(=C)C2=C1 BFYIZQONLCFLEV-DAELLWKTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000015790 Asparaginase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010024976 Asparaginase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000271566 Aves Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000005711 Benzoic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010006654 Bleomycin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromine atom Chemical compound [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010037003 Buserelin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Busulfan Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)OCCCCOS(C)(=O)=O COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbamic acid Chemical group NC(O)=O KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Carbonate Chemical compound [O-]C([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- DLGOEMSEDOSKAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carmustine Chemical compound ClCCNC(=O)N(N=O)CCCl DLGOEMSEDOSKAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000000844 Cell Surface Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010001857 Cell Surface Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- JWBOIMRXGHLCPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloditan Chemical compound C=1C=CC=C(Cl)C=1C(C(Cl)Cl)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 JWBOIMRXGHLCPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-SREVYHEPSA-N Cinnamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1 WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-SREVYHEPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PTOAARAWEBMLNO-KVQBGUIXSA-N Cladribine Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(N)=NC(Cl)=NC=2N1[C@H]1C[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 PTOAARAWEBMLNO-KVQBGUIXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000011537 Coomassie blue staining Methods 0.000 description 1
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper Chemical compound [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002261 Corn starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- VMQMZMRVKUZKQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cu+ Chemical compound [Cu+] VMQMZMRVKUZKQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CMSMOCZEIVJLDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclophosphamide Chemical compound ClCCN(CCCl)P1(=O)NCCCO1 CMSMOCZEIVJLDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-CCXZUQQUSA-N Cytarabine Chemical compound O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1[C@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-CCXZUQQUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000004127 Cytokines Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000695 Cytokines Proteins 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010092160 Dactinomycin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100037101 Deoxycytidylate deaminase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000004338 Dichlorodifluoromethane Substances 0.000 description 1
- BVTJGGGYKAMDBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dioxetane Chemical compound C1COO1 BVTJGGGYKAMDBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MYMOFIZGZYHOMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dioxygen Chemical compound O=O MYMOFIZGZYHOMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101150029707 ERBB2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000792859 Enema Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010072082 Environmental exposure Diseases 0.000 description 1
- HTIJFSOGRVMCQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Epirubicin Natural products COc1cccc2C(=O)c3c(O)c4CC(O)(CC(OC5CC(N)C(=O)C(C)O5)c4c(O)c3C(=O)c12)C(=O)CO HTIJFSOGRVMCQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BFPYWIDHMRZLRN-SLHNCBLASA-N Ethinyl estradiol Chemical compound OC1=CC=C2[C@H]3CC[C@](C)([C@](CC4)(O)C#C)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 BFPYWIDHMRZLRN-SLHNCBLASA-N 0.000 description 1
- PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylenediamine Chemical compound NCCN PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine Chemical compound FF PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GHASVSINZRGABV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorouracil Chemical compound FC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O GHASVSINZRGABV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MPJKWIXIYCLVCU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Folinic acid Natural products NC1=NC2=C(N(C=O)C(CNc3ccc(cc3)C(=O)NC(CCC(=O)O)CC(=O)O)CN2)C(=O)N1 MPJKWIXIYCLVCU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VWUXBMIQPBEWFH-WCCTWKNTSA-N Fulvestrant Chemical compound OC1=CC=C2[C@H]3CC[C@](C)([C@H](CC4)O)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3[C@H](CCCCCCCCCS(=O)CCCC(F)(F)C(F)(F)F)CC2=C1 VWUXBMIQPBEWFH-WCCTWKNTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108090000288 Glycoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003886 Glycoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- BLCLNMBMMGCOAS-URPVMXJPSA-N Goserelin Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@H](COC(C)(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCN=C(N)N)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)NNC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1NC=NC=1)NC(=O)[C@H]1NC(=O)CC1)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 BLCLNMBMMGCOAS-URPVMXJPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010069236 Goserelin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000238631 Hexapoda Species 0.000 description 1
- 101000955042 Homo sapiens Deoxycytidylate deaminase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000851181 Homo sapiens Epidermal growth factor receptor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000851376 Homo sapiens Tumor necrosis factor receptor superfamily member 8 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091006905 Human Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000008100 Human Serum Albumin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen bromide Chemical compound Br CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MPBVHIBUJCELCL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ibandronate Chemical compound CCCCCN(C)CCC(O)(P(O)(O)=O)P(O)(O)=O MPBVHIBUJCELCL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XDXDZDZNSLXDNA-TZNDIEGXSA-N Idarubicin Chemical compound C1[C@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1C2=C(O)C(C(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3C3=O)=C3C(O)=C2C[C@@](O)(C(C)=O)C1 XDXDZDZNSLXDNA-TZNDIEGXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XDXDZDZNSLXDNA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Idarubicin Natural products C1C(N)C(O)C(C)OC1OC1C2=C(O)C(C(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3C3=O)=C3C(O)=C2CC(O)(C(C)=O)C1 XDXDZDZNSLXDNA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010067060 Immunoglobulin Variable Region Proteins 0.000 description 1
- PIWKPBJCKXDKJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isoflurane Chemical compound FC(F)OC(Cl)C(F)(F)F PIWKPBJCKXDKJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P L-argininium(2+) Chemical compound NC(=[NH2+])NCCC[C@H]([NH3+])C(O)=O ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P 0.000 description 1
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-histidine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-lysine Chemical compound NCCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBOZXECLQNJBKD-ZDUSSCGKSA-N L-methotrexate Chemical compound C=1N=C2N=C(N)N=C(N)C2=NC=1CN(C)C1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 FBOZXECLQNJBKD-ZDUSSCGKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000032004 Large-Cell Anaplastic Lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108090001090 Lectins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004856 Lectins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 235000010643 Leucaena leucocephala Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 240000007472 Leucaena leucocephala Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010000817 Leuprolide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108090001030 Lipoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004895 Lipoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium Chemical compound [Li] WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010074338 Lymphokines Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000008072 Lymphokines Human genes 0.000 description 1
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lysine Natural products NCCCCC(N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019759 Maize starch Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 102000018697 Membrane Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010052285 Membrane Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- XOGTZOOQQBDUSI-UHFFFAOYSA-M Mesna Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]S(=O)(=O)CCS XOGTZOOQQBDUSI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229920000168 Microcrystalline cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102000029749 Microtubule Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091022875 Microtubule Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241001529936 Murinae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 1
- CBQJSKKFNMDLON-JTQLQIEISA-N N-acetyl-L-phenylalanine Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 CBQJSKKFNMDLON-JTQLQIEISA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZDZOTLJHXYCWBA-VCVYQWHSSA-N N-debenzoyl-N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-10-deacetyltaxol Chemical compound O([C@H]1[C@H]2[C@@](C([C@H](O)C3=C(C)[C@@H](OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)OC(C)(C)C)C=4C=CC=CC=4)C[C@]1(O)C3(C)C)=O)(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]1OC[C@]12OC(=O)C)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 ZDZOTLJHXYCWBA-VCVYQWHSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UEEJHVSXFDXPFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-dimethylaminoethanol Chemical compound CN(C)CCO UEEJHVSXFDXPFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HTLZVHNRZJPSMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-ethylpiperidine Chemical compound CCN1CCCCC1 HTLZVHNRZJPSMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MBBZMMPHUWSWHV-BDVNFPICSA-N N-methylglucamine Chemical compound CNC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO MBBZMMPHUWSWHV-BDVNFPICSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GRYLNZFGIOXLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitric acid Chemical compound O[N+]([O-])=O GRYLNZFGIOXLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010016076 Octreotide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229930012538 Paclitaxel Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 108090000526 Papain Proteins 0.000 description 1
- YGYAWVDWMABLBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosgene Chemical compound ClC(Cl)=O YGYAWVDWMABLBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000276498 Pollachius virens Species 0.000 description 1
- IWYDHOAUDWTVEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N R-2-phenyl-2-hydroxyacetic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 IWYDHOAUDWTVEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100030086 Receptor tyrosine-protein kinase erbB-2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000006146 Roswell Park Memorial Institute medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011542 SDS running buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920005654 Sephadex Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000012507 Sephadex™ Substances 0.000 description 1
- DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium laurylsulphate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCCOS([O-])(=O)=O DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 108010090804 Streptavidin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Succinic acid Natural products OC(=O)CCC(O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000002847 Surgical Wound Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000005867 T cell response Effects 0.000 description 1
- NAVMQTYZDKMPEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Targretin Chemical compound CC1=CC(C(CCC2(C)C)(C)C)=C2C=C1C(=C)C1=CC=C(C(O)=O)C=C1 NAVMQTYZDKMPEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tartaric acid Natural products [H+].[H+].[O-]C(=O)C(O)C(O)C([O-])=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BPEGJWRSRHCHSN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Temozolomide Chemical compound O=C1N(C)N=NC2=C(C(N)=O)N=CN21 BPEGJWRSRHCHSN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IVTVGDXNLFLDRM-HNNXBMFYSA-N Tomudex Chemical compound C=1C=C2NC(C)=NC(=O)C2=CC=1CN(C)C1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)S1 IVTVGDXNLFLDRM-HNNXBMFYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010050144 Triptorelin Pamoate Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100036857 Tumor necrosis factor receptor superfamily member 8 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- JXLYSJRDGCGARV-WWYNWVTFSA-N Vinblastine Natural products O=C(O[C@H]1[C@](O)(C(=O)OC)[C@@H]2N(C)c3c(cc(c(OC)c3)[C@]3(C(=O)OC)c4[nH]c5c(c4CCN4C[C@](O)(CC)C[C@H](C3)C4)cccc5)[C@@]32[C@H]2[C@@]1(CC)C=CCN2CC3)C JXLYSJRDGCGARV-WWYNWVTFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 1
- HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc Chemical compound [Zn] HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methyl [5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] hydrogen phosphate Polymers Cc1cn(C2CC(OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)C(COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3CO)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)O2)c(=O)[nH]c1=O JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HWUYCMXSBJWZOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N [C-]#[N+][S+]=C=NS(N=O)(=O)=O Chemical compound [C-]#[N+][S+]=C=NS(N=O)(=O)=O HWUYCMXSBJWZOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000853 abiraterone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- GZOSMCIZMLWJML-VJLLXTKPSA-N abiraterone Chemical compound C([C@H]1[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@]3(CC[C@H](O)CC3=CC2)C)CC[C@@]11C)C=C1C1=CC=CN=C1 GZOSMCIZMLWJML-VJLLXTKPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000000862 absorption spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108010052004 acetyl-2-naphthylalanyl-3-chlorophenylalanyl-1-oxohexadecyl-seryl-4-aminophenylalanyl(hydroorotyl)-4-aminophenylalanyl(carbamoyl)-leucyl-ILys-prolyl-alaninamide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- RJURFGZVJUQBHK-IIXSONLDSA-N actinomycin D Chemical compound C[C@H]1OC(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)N(C)C(=O)CN(C)C(=O)[C@@H]2CCCN2C(=O)[C@@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H]1NC(=O)C1=C(N)C(=O)C(C)=C2OC(C(C)=CC=C3C(=O)N[C@@H]4C(=O)N[C@@H](C(N5CCC[C@H]5C(=O)N(C)CC(=O)N(C)[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)O[C@@H]4C)=O)C(C)C)=C3N=C21 RJURFGZVJUQBHK-IIXSONLDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002015 acyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001335 aliphatic alkanes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229930013930 alkaloid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000001336 alkenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001345 alkine derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004453 alkoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004448 alkyl carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940100198 alkylating agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002168 alkylating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008168 almond oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960000473 altretamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium oxide Inorganic materials [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Al+3].[Al+3] PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000147 aluminium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000001668 ameliorated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000003368 amide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- JKOQGQFVAUAYPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N amifostine Chemical compound NCCCNCCSP(O)(O)=O JKOQGQFVAUAYPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001097 amifostine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003708 ampul Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002932 anastrozole Drugs 0.000 description 1
- YBBLVLTVTVSKRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N anastrozole Chemical compound N#CC(C)(C)C1=CC(C(C)(C#N)C)=CC(CN2N=CN=C2)=C1 YBBLVLTVTVSKRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940125644 antibody drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003972 antineoplastic antibiotic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000074 antisense oligonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012230 antisense oligonucleotides Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008135 aqueous vehicle Substances 0.000 description 1
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N arginine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003121 arginine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000000149 argon plasma sintering Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001491 aromatic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001769 aryl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229960003272 asparaginase Drugs 0.000 description 1
- DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-M asparaginate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)C(N)CC(N)=O DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 238000011717 athymic nude mouse Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001540 azides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000010233 benzoic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- MSWZFWKMSRAUBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-D-galactosamine Natural products NC1C(O)OC(CO)C(O)C1O MSWZFWKMSRAUBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003237 betaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960002938 bexarotene Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960000997 bicalutamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002619 bicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000000975 bioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008033 biological extinction Effects 0.000 description 1
- OWMVSZAMULFTJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis-tris Chemical compound OCCN(CCO)C(CO)(CO)CO OWMVSZAMULFTJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001561 bleomycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OYVAGSVQBOHSSS-UAPAGMARSA-O bleomycin A2 Chemical compound N([C@H](C(=O)N[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@H](O)C)C(=O)NCCC=1SC=C(N=1)C=1SC=C(N=1)C(=O)NCCC[S+](C)C)[C@@H](O[C@H]1[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](CO)O1)O[C@@H]1[C@H]([C@@H](OC(N)=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1)O)C=1N=CNC=1)C(=O)C1=NC([C@H](CC(N)=O)NC[C@H](N)C(N)=O)=NC(N)=C1C OYVAGSVQBOHSSS-UAPAGMARSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 210000001124 body fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960000455 brentuximab vedotin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Substances BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229940045348 brown mixture Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000337 buffer salt Substances 0.000 description 1
- CUWODFFVMXJOKD-UVLQAERKSA-N buserelin Chemical compound CCNC(=O)[C@@H]1CCCN1C(=O)[C@H](CCCN=C(N)N)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@@H](COC(C)(C)C)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1NC=NC=1)NC(=O)[C@H]1NC(=O)CC1)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 CUWODFFVMXJOKD-UVLQAERKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002719 buserelin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960002092 busulfan Drugs 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-NUQCWPJISA-N butanedioic acid Chemical compound O[14C](=O)CC[14C](O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-NUQCWPJISA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000981 bystander Effects 0.000 description 1
- FUFJGUQYACFECW-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium hydrogenphosphate Chemical compound [Ca+2].OP([O-])([O-])=O FUFJGUQYACFECW-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002837 carbocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000001569 carbon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- YAYRGNWWLMLWJE-UHFFFAOYSA-L carboplatin Chemical compound O=C1O[Pt](N)(N)OC(=O)C11CCC1 YAYRGNWWLMLWJE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229960004562 carboplatin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960005243 carmustine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007969 cellular immunity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010980 cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000003636 chemical group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000007385 chemical modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- JCKYGMPEJWAADB-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorambucil Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCC1=CC=C(N(CCCl)CCCl)C=C1 JCKYGMPEJWAADB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004630 chlorambucil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000013985 cinnamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229930016911 cinnamic acid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- DQLATGHUWYMOKM-UHFFFAOYSA-L cisplatin Chemical compound N[Pt](N)(Cl)Cl DQLATGHUWYMOKM-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229960004316 cisplatin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000015165 citric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960002436 cladribine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000013056 classic Hodgkin lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229960002286 clodronic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ACSIXWWBWUQEHA-UHFFFAOYSA-N clodronic acid Chemical compound OP(O)(=O)C(Cl)(Cl)P(O)(O)=O ACSIXWWBWUQEHA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940110456 cocoa butter Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019868 cocoa butter Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004040 coloring Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000942 confocal micrograph Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001268 conjugating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013270 controlled release Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000006059 cover glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000010779 crude oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000006352 cycloaddition reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960004397 cyclophosphamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- DUSHUSLJJMDGTE-ZJPMUUANSA-N cyproterone Chemical compound C1=C(Cl)C2=CC(=O)[C@@H]3C[C@@H]3[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@@](C(=O)C)(O)[C@@]1(C)CC2 DUSHUSLJJMDGTE-ZJPMUUANSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003843 cyproterone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960000684 cytarabine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000004163 cytometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100000433 cytotoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000001472 cytotoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960003901 dacarbazine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960000640 dactinomycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000007405 data analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- STQGQHZAVUOBTE-VGBVRHCVSA-N daunorubicin Chemical compound O([C@H]1C[C@@](O)(CC=2C(O)=C3C(=O)C=4C=CC=C(C=4C(=O)C3=C(O)C=21)OC)C(C)=O)[C@H]1C[C@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 STQGQHZAVUOBTE-VGBVRHCVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000975 daunorubicin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960002272 degarelix Drugs 0.000 description 1
- MEUCPCLKGZSHTA-XYAYPHGZSA-N degarelix Chemical compound C([C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCNC(C)C)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@H](C)C(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(NC(=O)[C@H]2NC(=O)NC(=O)C2)=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@@H](CC=1C=NC=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(Cl)=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@@H](CC=1C=C2C=CC=CC2=CC=1)NC(C)=O)C1=CC=C(NC(N)=O)C=C1 MEUCPCLKGZSHTA-XYAYPHGZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011903 deuterated solvents Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000005265 dialkylamine group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000004985 diamines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000019700 dicalcium phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- PXBRQCKWGAHEHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N dichlorodifluoromethane Chemical compound FC(F)(Cl)Cl PXBRQCKWGAHEHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019404 dichlorodifluoromethane Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940087091 dichlorotetrafluoroethane Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000029087 digestion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000539 dimer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003292 diminished effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002016 disaccharides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000008034 disappearance Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007884 disintegrant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960003668 docetaxel Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 231100000371 dose-limiting toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 229960004679 doxorubicin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000012377 drug delivery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000857 drug effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002900 effect on cell Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008497 endothelial barrier function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007920 enema Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940079360 enema for constipation Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002702 enteric coating Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009505 enteric coating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960001904 epirubicin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- CCIVGXIOQKPBKL-UHFFFAOYSA-M ethanesulfonate Chemical compound CCS([O-])(=O)=O CCIVGXIOQKPBKL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- BEFDCLMNVWHSGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethenylcyclopentane Chemical compound C=CC1CCCC1 BEFDCLMNVWHSGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002568 ethinylestradiol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940012017 ethylenediamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960005420 etoposide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- VJJPUSNTGOMMGY-MRVIYFEKSA-N etoposide Chemical compound COC1=C(O)C(OC)=CC([C@@H]2C3=CC=4OCOC=4C=C3[C@@H](O[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@@H]4O[C@H](C)OC[C@H]4O3)O)[C@@H]3[C@@H]2C(OC3)=O)=C1 VJJPUSNTGOMMGY-MRVIYFEKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960000255 exemestane Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003925 fat Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019197 fats Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000010408 film Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960000390 fludarabine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- GIUYCYHIANZCFB-FJFJXFQQSA-N fludarabine phosphate Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(N)=NC(F)=NC=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](COP(O)(O)=O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O GIUYCYHIANZCFB-FJFJXFQQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002949 fluorouracil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- MKXKFYHWDHIYRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N flutamide Chemical compound CC(C)C(=O)NC1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C(C(F)(F)F)=C1 MKXKFYHWDHIYRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002074 flutamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- VVIAGPKUTFNRDU-ABLWVSNPSA-N folinic acid Chemical compound C1NC=2NC(N)=NC(=O)C=2N(C=O)C1CNC1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 VVIAGPKUTFNRDU-ABLWVSNPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000008191 folinic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011672 folinic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000003599 food sweetener Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960002258 fulvestrant Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000001530 fumaric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011087 fumaric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 108020001507 fusion proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000037865 fusion proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- SDUQYLNIPVEERB-QPPQHZFASA-N gemcitabine Chemical compound O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1[C@H]1C(F)(F)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 SDUQYLNIPVEERB-QPPQHZFASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960005277 gemcitabine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960002442 glucosamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000005456 glyceride group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002913 goserelin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003102 growth factor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009422 growth inhibiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004438 haloalkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- UUVWYPNAQBNQJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexamethylmelamine Chemical compound CN(C)C1=NC(N(C)C)=NC(N(C)C)=N1 UUVWYPNAQBNQJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004742 high temperature nuclear magnetic resonance Methods 0.000 description 1
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N histidine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002885 histidine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940088597 hormone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000005556 hormone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004727 humoral immunity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004408 hybridoma Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- XGIHQYAWBCFNPY-AZOCGYLKSA-N hydrabamine Chemical compound C([C@@H]12)CC3=CC(C(C)C)=CC=C3[C@@]2(C)CCC[C@@]1(C)CNCCNC[C@@]1(C)[C@@H]2CCC3=CC(C(C)C)=CC=C3[C@@]2(C)CCC1 XGIHQYAWBCFNPY-AZOCGYLKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000001866 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010979 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920003088 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Chemical compound OC1C(O)C(OC)OC(CO)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC2C(C(O)C(OC3C(C(O)C(O)C(CO)O3)O)C(CO)O2)O)C(CO)O1 UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960005236 ibandronic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960000908 idarubicin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- HOMGKSMUEGBAAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N ifosfamide Chemical compound ClCCNP1(=O)OCCCN1CCCl HOMGKSMUEGBAAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001101 ifosfamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000005286 illumination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007654 immersion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000028993 immune response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002163 immunogen Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000016784 immunoglobulin production Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940072221 immunoglobulins Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001976 improved effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 1
- PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N indole Natural products CC1=CC=CC2=C1C=CN2 PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N indolenine Natural products C1=CC=C2CC=NC2=C1 RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000027866 inflammatory disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000002329 infrared spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000007529 inorganic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002452 interceptive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006525 intracellular process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010255 intramuscular injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007927 intramuscular injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007912 intraperitoneal administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007928 intraperitoneal injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007913 intrathecal administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- PNDPGZBMCMUPRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N iodine Chemical compound II PNDPGZBMCMUPRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003456 ion exchange resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920003303 ion-exchange polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960004768 irinotecan Drugs 0.000 description 1
- UWKQSNNFCGGAFS-XIFFEERXSA-N irinotecan Chemical compound C1=C2C(CC)=C3CN(C(C4=C([C@@](C(=O)OC4)(O)CC)C=4)=O)C=4C3=NC2=CC=C1OC(=O)N(CC1)CCC1N1CCCCC1 UWKQSNNFCGGAFS-XIFFEERXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052742 iron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229960002725 isoflurane Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002437 lanreotide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108010021336 lanreotide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000000787 lecithin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010445 lecithin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940067606 lecithin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002523 lectin Substances 0.000 description 1
- GOTYRUGSSMKFNF-UHFFFAOYSA-N lenalidomide Chemical compound C1C=2C(N)=CC=CC=2C(=O)N1C1CCC(=O)NC1=O GOTYRUGSSMKFNF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004942 lenalidomide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960003881 letrozole Drugs 0.000 description 1
- HPJKCIUCZWXJDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N letrozole Chemical compound C1=CC(C#N)=CC=C1C(N1N=CN=C1)C1=CC=C(C#N)C=C1 HPJKCIUCZWXJDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001691 leucovorin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- GFIJNRVAKGFPGQ-LIJARHBVSA-N leuprolide Chemical compound CCNC(=O)[C@@H]1CCCN1C(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=N)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1N=CNC=1)NC(=O)[C@H]1NC(=O)CC1)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 GFIJNRVAKGFPGQ-LIJARHBVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004338 leuprorelin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052744 lithium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000004807 localization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004072 lung Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960003646 lysine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920002521 macromolecule Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 159000000003 magnesium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011976 maleic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005439 maleimidyl group Chemical group C1(C=CC(N1*)=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- 230000036210 malignancy Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960002510 mandelic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960004616 medroxyprogesterone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- FRQMUZJSZHZSGN-HBNHAYAOSA-N medroxyprogesterone Chemical compound C([C@@]12C)CC(=O)C=C1[C@@H](C)C[C@@H]1[C@@H]2CC[C@]2(C)[C@@](O)(C(C)=O)CC[C@H]21 FRQMUZJSZHZSGN-HBNHAYAOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001786 megestrol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- RQZAXGRLVPAYTJ-GQFGMJRRSA-N megestrol acetate Chemical compound C1=C(C)C2=CC(=O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@@](C(C)=O)(OC(=O)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 RQZAXGRLVPAYTJ-GQFGMJRRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SGDBTWWWUNNDEQ-LBPRGKRZSA-N melphalan Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(N(CCCl)CCCl)C=C1 SGDBTWWWUNNDEQ-LBPRGKRZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001924 melphalan Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003340 mental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960004635 mesna Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002207 metabolite Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940098779 methanesulfonic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001434 methanylylidene group Chemical group [H]C#[*] 0.000 description 1
- 229960000485 methotrexate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010270 methyl p-hydroxybenzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl p-hydroxycinnamate Natural products OC(=O)C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000250 methylamino group Chemical group [H]N(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- SNVLJLYUUXKWOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N methylidenecarbene Chemical compound C=[C] SNVLJLYUUXKWOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000008108 microcrystalline cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019813 microcrystalline cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940016286 microcrystalline cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000000386 microscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004688 microtubule Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000008880 microtubule cytoskeleton organization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000324 minimal toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000003595 mist Substances 0.000 description 1
- CFCUWKMKBJTWLW-BKHRDMLASA-N mithramycin Chemical compound O([C@@H]1C[C@@H](O[C@H](C)[C@H]1O)OC=1C=C2C=C3C[C@H]([C@@H](C(=O)C3=C(O)C2=C(O)C=1C)O[C@@H]1O[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@@H]2O[C@H](C)[C@H](O)[C@H](O[C@@H]3O[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@@](C)(O)C3)C2)C1)[C@H](OC)C(=O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](C)O)[C@H]1C[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](C)O1 CFCUWKMKBJTWLW-BKHRDMLASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000116 mitigating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960000350 mitotane Drugs 0.000 description 1
- KKZJGLLVHKMTCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N mitoxantrone Chemical compound O=C1C2=C(O)C=CC(O)=C2C(=O)C2=C1C(NCCNCCO)=CC=C2NCCNCCO KKZJGLLVHKMTCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001156 mitoxantrone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002950 monocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- VMGAPWLDMVPYIA-HIDZBRGKSA-N n'-amino-n-iminomethanimidamide Chemical compound N\N=C\N=N VMGAPWLDMVPYIA-HIDZBRGKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002105 nanoparticle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930014626 natural product Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 239000006199 nebulizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013642 negative control Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000012169 negative regulation of microtubule polymerization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000025440 neoplasm of neck Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910017604 nitric acid Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002687 nonaqueous vehicle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010899 nucleation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960002700 octreotide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002674 ointment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013307 optical fiber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000399 optical microscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003463 organelle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000005985 organic acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000007530 organic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002894 organic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000002611 ovarian Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002018 overexpression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000006408 oxalic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- DWAFYCQODLXJNR-BNTLRKBRSA-L oxaliplatin Chemical compound O1C(=O)C(=O)O[Pt]11N[C@@H]2CCCC[C@H]2N1 DWAFYCQODLXJNR-BNTLRKBRSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229960001756 oxaliplatin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000004043 oxo group Chemical group O=* 0.000 description 1
- 229960001592 paclitaxel Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WRUUGTRCQOWXEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N pamidronate Chemical compound NCCC(O)(P(O)(O)=O)P(O)(O)=O WRUUGTRCQOWXEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940046231 pamidronate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N papa-hydroxy-benzoic acid Natural products OC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007170 pathology Effects 0.000 description 1
- QOFFJEBXNKRSPX-ZDUSSCGKSA-N pemetrexed Chemical compound C1=N[C]2NC(N)=NC(=O)C2=C1CCC1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 QOFFJEBXNKRSPX-ZDUSSCGKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960005079 pemetrexed Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000149 penetrating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000035515 penetration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940111202 pepsin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960002087 pertuzumab Drugs 0.000 description 1
- AHWALFGBDFAJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenyl carbonochloridate Chemical compound ClC(=O)OC1=CC=CC=C1 AHWALFGBDFAJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003904 phospholipids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 231100000760 phototoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000001766 physiological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960003171 plicamycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920000768 polyamine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001592 potato starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002028 premature Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002953 preparative HPLC Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 1
- MFDFERRIHVXMIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N procaine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(N)C=C1 MFDFERRIHVXMIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004919 procaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- CPTBDICYNRMXFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N procarbazine Chemical compound CNNCC1=CC=C(C(=O)NC(C)C)C=C1 CPTBDICYNRMXFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000624 procarbazine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002035 prolonged effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003380 propellant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019260 propionic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000010232 propyl p-hydroxybenzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- QELSKZZBTMNZEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylparaben Chemical class CCCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 QELSKZZBTMNZEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000002307 prostate Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002685 pulmonary effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003212 purines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940107700 pyruvic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- IUVKMZGDUIUOCP-BTNSXGMBSA-N quinbolone Chemical compound O([C@H]1CC[C@H]2[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@]4(C=CC(=O)C=C4CC3)C)CC[C@@]21C)C1=CCCC1 IUVKMZGDUIUOCP-BTNSXGMBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004432 raltitrexed Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000009103 reabsorption Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008707 rearrangement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007363 ring formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960004889 salicylic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000003296 saliva Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000012723 sample buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003335 secondary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000741 silica gel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910002027 silica gel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000001542 size-exclusion chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000017520 skin disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- SRRKNRDXURUMPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium disulfide Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[S-][S-] SRRKNRDXURUMPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019333 sodium laurylsulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940079832 sodium starch glycolate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008109 sodium starch glycolate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920003109 sodium starch glycolate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000012321 sodium triacetoxyborohydride Substances 0.000 description 1
- AIDBEARHLBRLMO-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;dodecyl sulfate;2-morpholin-4-ylethanesulfonic acid Chemical compound [Na+].OS(=O)(=O)CCN1CCOCC1.CCCCCCCCCCCCOS([O-])(=O)=O AIDBEARHLBRLMO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000008247 solid mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010199 sorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004334 sorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940075582 sorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010356 sorbitol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002269 spontaneous effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001694 spray drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008223 sterile water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003431 steroids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000002784 stomach Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- ZSJLQEPLLKMAKR-GKHCUFPYSA-N streptozocin Chemical compound O=NN(C)C(=O)N[C@H]1[C@@H](O)O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O ZSJLQEPLLKMAKR-GKHCUFPYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001052 streptozocin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000005415 substituted alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000446 sulfanediyl group Chemical group *S* 0.000 description 1
- 229940124530 sulfonamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003456 sulfonamides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000829 suppository Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002511 suppository base Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003765 sweetening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002194 synthesizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229960001603 tamoxifen Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011975 tartaric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000002906 tartaric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940095064 tartrate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- RCINICONZNJXQF-MZXODVADSA-N taxol Chemical compound O([C@@H]1[C@@]2(C[C@@H](C(C)=C(C2(C)C)[C@H](C([C@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]3OC[C@]3([C@H]21)OC(C)=O)=O)OC(=O)C)OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)C=1C=CC=CC=1)C=1C=CC=CC=1)O)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 RCINICONZNJXQF-MZXODVADSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004964 temozolomide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960001278 teniposide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- NRUKOCRGYNPUPR-QBPJDGROSA-N teniposide Chemical compound COC1=C(O)C(OC)=CC([C@@H]2C3=CC=4OCOC=4C=C3[C@@H](O[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@@H]4O[C@@H](OC[C@H]4O3)C=3SC=CC=3)O)[C@@H]3[C@@H]2C(OC3)=O)=C1 NRUKOCRGYNPUPR-QBPJDGROSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003512 tertiary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005207 tetraalkylammonium group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229960004559 theobromine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000037816 tissue injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000011200 topical administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960000303 topotecan Drugs 0.000 description 1
- UCFGDBYHRUNTLO-QHCPKHFHSA-N topotecan Chemical compound C1=C(O)C(CN(C)C)=C2C=C(CN3C4=CC5=C(C3=O)COC(=O)[C@]5(O)CC)C4=NC2=C1 UCFGDBYHRUNTLO-QHCPKHFHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003852 triazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- CYRMSUTZVYGINF-UHFFFAOYSA-N trichlorofluoromethane Chemical compound FC(Cl)(Cl)Cl CYRMSUTZVYGINF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940029284 trichlorofluoromethane Drugs 0.000 description 1
- YFTHZRPMJXBUME-UHFFFAOYSA-N tripropylamine Chemical compound CCCN(CCC)CCC YFTHZRPMJXBUME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VXKHXGOKWPXYNA-PGBVPBMZSA-N triptorelin Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)NCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1N=CNC=1)NC(=O)[C@H]1NC(=O)CC1)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 VXKHXGOKWPXYNA-PGBVPBMZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004824 triptorelin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000107 tumor biomarker Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003932 urinary bladder Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000002700 urine Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002792 vascular Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000015112 vegetable and seed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008158 vegetable oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- HOFQVRTUGATRFI-XQKSVPLYSA-N vinblastine Chemical compound C([C@@H](C[C@]1(C(=O)OC)C=2C(=CC3=C([C@]45[C@H]([C@@]([C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@]6(CC)C=CCN([C@H]56)CC4)(O)C(=O)OC)N3C)C=2)OC)C[C@@](C2)(O)CC)N2CCC2=C1N=C1[C]2C=CC=C1 HOFQVRTUGATRFI-XQKSVPLYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003048 vinblastine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OGWKCGZFUXNPDA-XQKSVPLYSA-N vincristine Chemical compound C([N@]1C[C@@H](C[C@]2(C(=O)OC)C=3C(=CC4=C([C@]56[C@H]([C@@]([C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@]7(CC)C=CCN([C@H]67)CC5)(O)C(=O)OC)N4C=O)C=3)OC)C[C@@](C1)(O)CC)CC1=C2NC2=CC=CC=C12 OGWKCGZFUXNPDA-XQKSVPLYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004528 vincristine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OGWKCGZFUXNPDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N vincristine Natural products C1C(CC)(O)CC(CC2(C(=O)OC)C=3C(=CC4=C(C56C(C(C(OC(C)=O)C7(CC)C=CCN(C67)CC5)(O)C(=O)OC)N4C=O)C=3)OC)CN1CCC1=C2NC2=CC=CC=C12 OGWKCGZFUXNPDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FKBHRUQOROFRGD-IELIFDKJSA-N vinorelbine Chemical compound C1N(CC=2[C]3C=CC=CC3=NC=22)CC(CC)=C[C@H]1C[C@]2(C(=O)OC)C1=CC([C@]23[C@H]([C@@]([C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@]4(CC)C=CCN([C@H]34)CC2)(O)C(=O)OC)N2C)=C2C=C1OC FKBHRUQOROFRGD-IELIFDKJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002066 vinorelbine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003039 volatile agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003442 weekly effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036642 wellbeing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011701 zinc Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052725 zinc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
- C07D403/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing three or more hetero rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09B—ORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
- C09B23/00—Methine or polymethine dyes, e.g. cyanine dyes
- C09B23/0008—Methine or polymethine dyes, e.g. cyanine dyes substituted on the polymethine chain
- C09B23/0041—Methine or polymethine dyes, e.g. cyanine dyes substituted on the polymethine chain the substituent being bound through a nitrogen atom
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09B—ORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
- C09B23/00—Methine or polymethine dyes, e.g. cyanine dyes
- C09B23/0066—Methine or polymethine dyes, e.g. cyanine dyes the polymethine chain being part of a carbocyclic ring,(e.g. benzene, naphtalene, cyclohexene, cyclobutenene-quadratic acid)
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09B—ORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
- C09B23/00—Methine or polymethine dyes, e.g. cyanine dyes
- C09B23/02—Methine or polymethine dyes, e.g. cyanine dyes the polymethine chain containing an odd number of >CH- or >C[alkyl]- groups
- C09B23/08—Methine or polymethine dyes, e.g. cyanine dyes the polymethine chain containing an odd number of >CH- or >C[alkyl]- groups more than three >CH- groups, e.g. polycarbocyanines
- C09B23/086—Methine or polymethine dyes, e.g. cyanine dyes the polymethine chain containing an odd number of >CH- or >C[alkyl]- groups more than three >CH- groups, e.g. polycarbocyanines more than five >CH- groups
Definitions
- conjugates particularly targeting agent-drug conjugates comprising heptamethine cyanine fluorophores, conjugate precursors, and methods of making and using the conjugates.
- Light in the near-IR range (e.g., 650-900 nm) has unique potential in this context. These wavelengths exhibit significant tissue penetration, minimal toxicity, and, moreover, are clinically validated for both diagnostic and therapeutic applications.
- Near-IR fluorescence imaging is routine in certain clinical contexts and innovative applications, such as methods to optically define tumor margins during surgery, are being developed.
- Light-based therapeutic modalities using phototoxic small molecules have an extensive history in the treatment of cancer and skin disorders.
- This disclosure concerns embodiments of targeting agent-drug conjugates comprising heptamethine cyanine fluorophores, precursors of the conjugates, and methods of making and using the conjugates and precursors.
- the targeting agent promotes preferential or targeted delivery of the drug to a target site.
- Embodiments of the disclosed conjugates undergo photodegradation when irradiated with near-infrared light, which produces intramolecular cleavage and release of the drug.
- some embodiments of the conjugates are fluorophores, and fluorescence is lost upon photodegradation and drug release.
- Embodiments of the disclosed targeting agent-drug conjugates are useful for site-specific delivery and selective activation with concomitant drug release. Fluorescence levels of the administered conjugate may be monitored to visualize the location of the conjugate within a subject and/or as an indicator of drug release.
- Targeting agent-drug conjugates and intermediate conjugates comprising a drug and a reactive group have a chemical structure according to Formula I or Formula II, or a
- R 3 is a drug-containing moiety and one of R 1 and R 4 includes a targeting agent or a reactive group suitable for further conjugation to a targeting agent.
- m isl, 2, 3, 4, or 5; n is 1, 2 or 3;one of R 1 and R 4 is alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, -(O)C-R, or -(O)C-O-R, wherein R is alkyl, and the other of R 1 and R 4 is -(CH2) X -L2-R a , where x is an integer
- L 2 is a linker moiety or is absent, and R a is 0)N(H)R b , -N(H)C(0)R b ,
- R b is a targeting agent
- R 2 is C(R C )2 wherein each R c independently is H, halo, alkyl, or aryl, or (R 2 ) m collectively is phenyl
- R 3 is -Li-C(0)-X-drug, where Li is a linker moiety or is absent and X is O, N(H), or N(CH 3 );
- R 5 and R 10 independently are H, alkyl, alkoxy, or alkyl sulfonate;
- R 6 -R 9 and R n -R 14 independently are H, alkyl, amino, alkoxy, or alkyl sulfonate; each Y independently is C(R d )2, S, O, Se, or N(R d ) wherein each R d
- each Y independently is H or alkyl; and each ring A independently is a 6-membered fused aliphatic, heteroaliphatic, aryl, or heteroaryl ring.
- each Y is C(CH3)2 or each Y is S.
- the two heterocycle moieties may be substantially the same or different from one another.
- each Y is the same and R 5 -R 9 are identical to R 10 -R 14 , respectively.
- R 6 -R 9 and R n -R 14 are H.
- R 5 and R 10 may be -(Ct ⁇ SOs " .
- R 3 may be
- R 15 -R 22 independently are H, alkyl, -N0 2 , -NR3 ⁇ 4, -NR e 3 , alkoxy, or sulfonate, wherein each R e independently is H, halo, or alkyl.
- R 15 -R 19 are H.
- R 3 is 0 .
- the drug may be an anti-cancer drug.
- the drug is combretastatin A4.
- R a is -N(H)C(0)R b or -C(0)N(H)R b and R b is an antibody.
- one of R 1 and R 4 is lower alkyl and the other of R 1 and R 4 is
- R a is -C(0)N(H)R b , -N(H)C(0)R b , -N(H)R b , or -SR b and R b is a targeting agent.
- R b is panitumumab. In an independent embodiment, R b is
- panitumumab and R 3 is -C(0)-0-combretastatin A4.
- the conjugate may have a structure according to Formula II.
- ring A is a fused heteroaryl ring including one nitrogen atom.
- ring A is substituted with optionally substituted sulfonate.
- ring A is a fused phenyl ring.
- a pharmaceutical composition comprises (i) a conjugate according to Formula I or Formula II wherein R b is a targeting agent, and (ii) a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- Embodiments of precursor compounds for preparing the disclosed targeting agent-drug con ugates have a chemical structure according to Formula III or IV, or a salt thereof:
- R 23 is a protecting group and one of R 1 and R 24 is an alkynyl group.
- m, n, R 2 , R 5 -R 14 , Y, and ring A are as previously defined; one of R 1 and R 24 is alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, -(O)C-R, or -(O)C-O-R, wherein R is alkyl, and the other of R 1 and R 24 is -(CH2)u-C ⁇ CH where u is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5; and R 23 is a protecting group.
- the protecting group is i ⁇ ?ri-butyloxycarbonyl (BOC) or 9-fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl (FMOC).
- BOC i ⁇ ?ri-butyloxycarbonyl
- FMOC 9-fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl
- one of R 1 and R 24 is lower alkyl and the other of R 1 and R 24 is
- a method of using a conjugate as disclosed herein includes providing a conjugate according to Formula I or II, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R b is a targeting agent and wherein if Y is C(R d )2, at least one R d is other than H, and subsequently irradiating the conjugate with targeted application of an effective quantity of light having a selected wavelength in the near- infrared range and a selected intensity to induce a cleavage reaction and release the drug from the conjugate.
- irradiating the conjugate with targeted application of light comprises irradiating the conjugate with a laser that produces light having a wavelength of 680- 700 nm.
- the method may further include monitoring a level of fluorescence of the conjugate, and ceasing irradiation when the level of fluorescence falls below a target level.
- the method may include (i) providing a biological sample including, or suspected of including, a target molecule; (ii) contacting the biological sample with the conjugate, wherein the targeting agent of the conjugate is capable of recognizing and binding to the target molecule; and (iii) subsequently irradiating the biological sample with the targeted application of light.
- the method may further include (i) identifying a subject as having a condition that may be treated with the drug; (ii) administering a therapeutically effective amount of the conjugate or a pharmaceutical composition comprising the conjugate to the subject; and (iii) subsequently irradiating the conjugate by targeted application of an effective quantity of light having a wavelength in the near-infrared range and a selected intensity to a targeted portion of the subject, thereby releasing the drug from at least some molecules of the conjugate.
- the subject has a tumor and the targeted portion of the subject includes an area proximate a location of the tumor.
- the effective quantity of light applied to the targeted portion may be from 10-250 J/cm 2 .
- FIG. 1 is a reaction scheme showing photo-induced cleavage of a drug from an exemplary targeting agent-drug conjugate as disclosed.
- FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram illustrating one embodiment of a method for using the disclosed targeting agent-drug conjugates to treat a subject having a tumor by injection of the conjugate followed by targeted delivery of light of a desired wavelength to the external surface of the skin.
- FIG. 3 shows the formation of two constitutional isomers that occurred upon quenching trifluoroacetic acid-mediated Boc deprotection of a precursor compound and acylation with combretastatin A4-chloroformate.
- FIG. 4 is absorption spectra of a panitumumab-combretastatin A4 conjugate (CY-Pan-CA4) and a panitumumab-phenol conjugate (CY-Pan-Phenol).
- FIGS. 5A and 5B show SDS-PAGE analysis of CY-Pan-CA4 and CY-Pan-Phenol with Coomassie blue staining (FIG. 4A) or fluorescence (FIG. 4B).
- FIG. 6 is a diagram showing the formation of CY-Pan-CA4 and the yield of free CA4 in the presence and absence of 690 nm irradiation (50 J).
- FIG. 7 shows initial absorption and emission curves (690 nm excitation) for CY-Pan-CA4.
- FIG. 8 shows fluorescence emission over time of CY-Pan-CA4 with 690 nm irradiation.
- FIG. 9 is an HPLC calibration curve for CA4.
- FIG. 11 shows confocal microscopy images of live MDA-MG-468 (panels 1-3) and MCF-7 (panels 4-6) cells treated with Hoechst 3342 (1 ⁇ ) and CY-Pan-CA4 (100 nm).
- Panels 1 and 4 are fluorescence emission from Hoechst 3342;
- panels 2 and 5 are fluorescence emission from CY- Pan-CA4;
- panels 3 and 6 are differential interference contrast images.
- FIG. 12 shows flow cytometric analysis of live MDA-MB-468 and MCF-7 cells treated with 100 nM CY-Pan-CA4.
- FIG. 13 is a graph showing light-dependent (690 nm, 30 J) cytotoxicity of CY-Pan-CA4, CA4, and Pan against MDA-MB-468 cells (continuous dose).
- FIG. 14 is a bar graph showing light-dependent (690 nm, 30 J) cytotoxicity of internalized CY-Pan-CA4, CA4, and Pan against MDA-MB-468 and MCF-7 cells (media exchange).
- FIGS. 15A and 15B are in vivo serial fluorescence images of CY-Pan-CA4 in A432-tumor- bearing mice (right dorsum) taking from the ventral (15A) and dorsal (16B) sides.
- This disclosure concerns embodiments of targeting agent-drug conjugates comprising heptamethine cyanine fluorophores, precursors of the conjugates, and methods of making and using the conjugates and precursors.
- a near-IR uncaging strategy uses the heptamethine cyanine fluorophore scaffold as the caging component. Irradiation with an effective quantity of near- infrared light induces cleavage of the drug from the targeting agent-drug conjugate.
- This approach allows target-specific delivery of bioactive small molecules using near-IR optical tools already employed in various clinical settings.
- An advantageous feature is that the fluorescent properties of the conjugate can be used to evaluate targeting agent-target engagement. Moreover, following administration of therapeutic light doses, the loss of that signal allows real- time assessment of drug release.
- Certain embodiments of the disclosed conjugates comprise an antibody and an anti-cancer agent, and are useful for site-specific delivery of the anti-cancer agent to a tumor.
- the extracellular targeting agent-drug conjugate fraction will release the drug cargo into the local tumor environment.
- this localized release should effectively transfer molecules from antigen-positive cells to adjacent antigen-negative cells achieving bystander effects, which can be critical for therapeutic efficacy.
- Aliphatic A substantially hydrocarbon-based compound, or a radical thereof (e.g., C 6 Hi3, for a hexane radical), including alkanes, alkenes, alkynes, including cyclic versions thereof, and further including straight- and branched-chain arrangements, and all stereo and position isomers as well.
- an aliphatic group contains from one to twenty-five carbon atoms; for example, from one to fifteen, from one to ten, from one to six, or from one to four carbon atoms.
- the term "lower aliphatic” refers to an aliphatic group containing from one to ten carbon atoms.
- An aliphatic chain may be substituted or unsubstituted.
- an aliphatic group can either be unsubstituted or substituted.
- substituents include, but are not limited to, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, alkylthio, acyl, aldehyde, amide, amino, aminoalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, carboxyl, cyano, cycloalkyl, dialkylamino, halo, haloaliphatic, heteroaliphatic, heteroaryl, heterocycloaliphatic, hydroxyl, oxo, sulfonamide, sulfhydryl, thioalkoxy, or other functionality.
- Alkoxy A group having the structure -OR, where R is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl. Methoxy (-OCH3) is an exemplary alkoxy group. In a substituted alkoxy, R is alkyl substituted with a non-interfering substituent.
- Alkoxy carbonyl A group having the structure -(O)C-O-R, where R is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl.
- Alkyl A hydrocarbon group having a saturated carbon chain.
- the chain may be branched, unbranched, or cyclic (cycloalkyl).
- the term lower alkyl means the chain includes 1-10 carbon atoms. Unless otherwise specified, the term alkyl encompasses substituted and unsubstituted alkyl.
- Alkyl carbonyl A group having the structure -(O)C-R, where R is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl.
- Alkyl sulfonate A group having the structure -R-SO3 " , where R is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl.
- Amino A group having the structure -N(R)R' where R and R' are independently hydrogen, haloalkyl, aliphatic, heteroaliphatic, aryl (such as optionally substituted phenyl or benzyl), heteroaryl, alkylsulfano, or other functionality.
- R and R' are independently hydrogen, haloalkyl, aliphatic, heteroaliphatic, aryl (such as optionally substituted phenyl or benzyl), heteroaryl, alkylsulfano, or other functionality.
- a "primary amino" group is -NH2.
- “Mono-substituted amino” means a radical -N(H)R substituted as above and includes, e.g., methylamino, (l-methylethyl)amino, phenylamino, and the like.
- "Di-substituted amino” means a radical -N(R)R' substituted as above and includes, e.g., dimethylamino, methylethylamino, di(l-methylethyl)amino, and the like.
- the term amino also encompasses charged tri-substituted amino groups, e.g.
- R, R', and R" are independently hydrogen, haloalkyl, aliphatic, heteroaliphatic, aryl (such as optionally substituted phenyl or benzyl), heteroaryl, alkylsulfano, or other functionality.
- Antibody A protein (or protein complex) that includes one or more polypeptides substantially encoded by immunoglobulin genes or fragments of immunoglobulin genes.
- the recognized immunoglobulin genes include the kappa, lambda, alpha, gamma, delta, epsilon, and mu constant region genes, as well as the myriad of immunoglobulin variable region genes.
- Light chains are classified as either kappa or lambda.
- Heavy chains are classified as gamma, mu, alpha, delta, or epsilon, which in turn define the immunoglobulin classes, IgG, IgM, IgA, IgD and IgE, respectively.
- IgY antibodies are equivalent to mammalian IgG.
- the basic immunoglobulin (antibody) structural unit is generally a tetramer.
- Each tetramer is composed of two identical pairs of polypeptide chains, each pair having one "light” (about 25 kDa) and one "heavy” (about 50-70 kDa) chain.
- the N-terminus of each chain defines a variable region of about 100 to 110 or more amino acids primarily responsible for antigen recognition.
- the terms "variable light chain” (VL) and “variable heavy chain” (VH) refer, respectively, to these light and heavy chains.
- IgY antibodies The structure of IgY antibodies is similar to the structure of mammalian IgG, with two heavy ("nu" chains; approximately 67-70 kDa) and two light chains (22-30 kDa).
- the molecular weight of an IgY molecule is about 180 kDa, but it often runs as a smear on gels due to the presence of about 3% carbohydrate.
- Heavy chains (H) of IgY antibodies are composed of four constant domains and one variable domain, which contains the antigen-binding site.
- antibodies includes intact immunoglobulins as well as a number of well-characterized fragments. For instance, Fabs, Fvs, and single-chain Fvs (SCFvs) that bind to target protein (or epitope within a protein or fusion protein) would also be specific binding agents for that protein (or epitope).
- SCFvs single-chain Fvs
- antibody fragments are defined as follows: (1) Fab, the fragment which contains a monovalent antigen-binding fragment of an antibody molecule produced by digestion of whole antibody with the enzyme papain to yield an intact light chain and a portion of one heavy chain; (2) Fab', the fragment of an antibody molecule obtained by treating whole antibody with pepsin, followed by reduction, to yield an intact light chain and a portion of the heavy chain; two Fab' fragments are obtained per antibody molecule; (3) (Fab')2, the fragment of the antibody obtained by treating whole antibody with the enzyme pepsin without subsequent reduction; (4) F(ab')2, a dimer of two Fab' fragments held together by two disulfide bonds; (5) Fv, a genetically engineered fragment containing the variable region of the light chain and the variable region of the heavy chain expressed as two chains; and (6) single chain antibody, a genetically engineered molecule containing the variable region of the light chain, the variable region of the heavy chain, linked by a suitable polypeptide linker as a genetically fused single
- antibodies includes antibodies comprising one or more unnatural (i.e., non-naturally occurring) amino acids (e.g., / acetyl-phenylalanine, p-azidomethyl phenylalanine (pAMF)) to facilitate site-specific conjugation.
- unnatural amino acids e.g., / acetyl-phenylalanine, p-azidomethyl phenylalanine (pAMF)
- Antibodies for use in the methods of this disclosure can be monoclonal or polyclonal, and for example specifically bind a target such as the target antigen.
- monoclonal antibodies can be prepared from murine hybridomas according to the classical method of Kohler and Milstein (Nature 256:495-97, 1975) or derivative methods thereof. Detailed procedures for monoclonal antibody production are described in Harlow and Lane, Using
- Antigen A compound, composition, or substance that can stimulate the production of antibodies or a T-cell response in an animal, including compositions that are injected or absorbed into an animal.
- An antigen reacts with the products of specific humoral or cellular immunity, including those induced by heterologous immunogens.
- a "target antigen” is an antigen (including an epitope of the antigen) that is recognized and bound by a targeting agent. "Specific binding" does not require exclusive binding.
- the antigen is obtained from a cell or tissue extract.
- the target antigen is an antigen on a tumor cell.
- An antigen need not be a full-length protein.
- Antigens contemplated for use include any immunogenic fragments of a protein, such as any antigens having at least one epitope that can be specifically bound by an antibody.
- Aryl A monovalent aromatic carbocyclic group of, unless specified otherwise, from 6 to 15 carbon atoms having a single ring (e.g., phenyl) or multiple condensed rings in which at least one ring is aromatic (e.g., quinoline, indole, benzodioxole, and the like), provided that the point of attachment is through an atom of an aromatic portion of the aryl group and the aromatic portion at the point of attachment contains only carbons in the aromatic ring. If any aromatic ring portion contains a heteroatom, the group is a heteroaryl and not an aryl.
- Aryl groups are monocyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic or tetracyclic. Unless otherwise specified, the term aryl encompasses substituted and unsubstituted aryl.
- a "biological sample” refers to a sample obtained from a subject (such as a human or veterinary subject) or other type of organism, such as a plant, bacteria or insect.
- Biological samples from a subject include, but are not limited to, cells, tissue, serum, blood, plasma, urine, saliva, cerebral spinal fluid (CSF) or other bodily fluid.
- the biological sample is a tissue sample.
- Conjugate Two or more moieties directly or indirectly coupled together. For example, a first moiety may be covalently coupled to a second moiety. Indirect attachment is possible, such as by using a "linker” (a molecule or group of atoms positioned between two moieties).
- linker a molecule or group of atoms positioned between two moieties.
- drug refers to a substance which has a physiological effect when administered to a subject, and is intended for use in the treatment, mitigation, cure, prevention, or diagnosis of disease or used to otherwise enhance physical or mental well-being.
- small molecule drug refers to a drug having a molecular weight ⁇ 1,000 Daltons.
- An anti-cancer drug is a drug that is used to treat malignancies.
- exemplary anti-cancer drugs include, but are not limited to, abiraterone, actinomycin D, altretamine, amifostine, anastrozole, asparaginase, bexarotene, bicalutamide, bleomycin, buserelin, busulfan, carboplatin, carmustine, chlorambucil cisplatin, cladribine, clodronate, combretastatin A4, cyclophosphamide, cyproterone, cytarabine, dacarbazine, daunorubicin, degarelix, diethylstilbestrol, docetaxel, doxorubicin, duocarmycin DM, epirubicin, ethinyl estradiol, etoposide, exemestane, 5-fluorouracil, fludarabine, flutamide, folinic
- Effective amount or therapeutically effective amount An amount sufficient to provide a beneficial, or therapeutic, effect to a subject or a given percentage of subjects.
- Epitope An antigenic determinant. Epitopes are particular chemical groups or contiguous or non-contiguous peptide sequences on a molecule that are antigenic, that is, that elicit a specific immune response. An antibody binds a particular antigenic epitope based on the three dimensional structure of the antibody and the matching (or cognate) epitope.
- Halogen refers to fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, and radicals thereof.
- Heteroaliphatic An aliphatic compound or group having at least one heteroatom, i.e. , one or more carbon atoms has been replaced with an atom having at least one lone pair of electrons, typically nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorus, silicon, or sulfur. Heteroaliphatic compounds or groups may be substituted or unsubstituted, branched or unbranched, cyclic or acyclic, and include "heterocycle", “heterocyclyl”, “heterocycloaliphatic", or “heterocyclic” groups.
- Heteroalkyl An alkyl group as defined above containing at least one heteroatom, such as N, O, S, or S(0)n (where n is 1 or 2). Unless otherwise specified, the term heteroalkyl encompasses substituted and unsubstituted heteroalkyl.
- Heteroaryl An aromatic compound or group having at least one heteroatom, i.e. , one or more carbon atoms in the ring has been replaced with an atom having at least one lone pair of electrons, typically nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorus, silicon, or sulfur. Unless otherwise specified, the term heteroaryl encompasses substituted and unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- Ligand A molecule that binds to a receptor, having a biological effect.
- Linker A molecule or group of atoms positioned between two moieties. As used herein, the term “linker” refers to a group of atoms positioned between the cyanine fluorophore and a targeting agent or reactive group, or to a group of atoms positioned between the cyanine fluorophore and a drug.
- Near-infrared Wavelengths within the range of 650-2500 nm. Unless otherwise specified, the terms “near-infrared” and “NIR” as used herein refer to wavelengths within the range of 650-900 nm.
- parenteral formulations usually comprise injectable fluids that include pharmaceutically and physiologically acceptable fluids such as water, physiological saline, balanced salt solutions, aqueous dextrose, glycerol or the like as a vehicle.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable carrier may be sterile to be suitable for administration to a subject (for example, by parenteral, intramuscular, or subcutaneous injection).
- pharmaceutical compositions to be administered can contain minor amounts of non-toxic auxiliary substances, such as wetting or emulsifying agents, preservatives, and pH buffering agents and the like, for example sodium acetate or sorbitan monolaurate.
- compositions A biologically compatible salt of a disclosed conjugate, which salts are derived from a variety of organic and inorganic counter ions well known in the art and include, by way of example only, sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, ammonium, tetraalkylammonium, and the like; and when the molecule contains a basic functionality, salts of organic or inorganic acids, such as hydrochloride, hydrobromide, tartrate, mesylate, acetate, maleate, oxalate, and the like.
- Pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts are those salts that retain the biological effectiveness of the free bases while formed by acid partners that are not biologically or otherwise undesirable, e.g., inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like, as well as organic acids such as acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, propionic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvic acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, salicylic acid and the like.
- inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like
- organic acids such as acetic acid, triflu
- Pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts include those derived from inorganic bases such as sodium, potassium, lithium, ammonium, calcium, magnesium, iron, zinc, copper, manganese, aluminum salts and the like.
- Exemplary salts are the ammonium, potassium, sodium, calcium, and magnesium salts.
- Salts derived from pharmaceutically acceptable organic non-toxic bases include, but are not limited to, salts of primary, secondary, and tertiary amines, substituted amines including naturally occurring substituted amines, cyclic amines and basic ion exchange resins, such as isopropylamine, trimethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, tripropylamine, ethanolamine, 2-dimethylaminoethanol, 2-diethylaminoethanol, dicyclohexylamine, lysine, arginine, histidine, caffeine, procaine, hydrabamine, choline, betaine, ethylenediamine, glucosamine, methylglucamine, theobromine, purines, piperazine, piperidine, N-ethylpiperidine, polyamine resins, and the like.
- salts of primary, secondary, and tertiary amines substituted amines including naturally occurring substituted amines, cyclic amines
- organic bases are isopropylamine, diethylamine, ethanolamine, trimethylamine, dicyclohexylamine, choline, and caffeine. (See, for example, S. M. Berge, et al., "Pharmaceutical Salts,” J. Pharm. Sci., 1977; 66:1-19, which is incorporated herein by reference.)
- Protecting group When synthesizing organic compounds, often a specific functional group cannot survive the required reagents or chemical environments. These groups must be protected. A protecting group, or protective group, is introduced into a molecule by chemical modification of a functional group in order to obtain chemoselectivity in a subsequent chemical reaction. Various exemplary protecting or protective groups are disclosed in Greene's Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, by Peter G. M. Wuts and Theodora W. Greene (October 30, 2006), which is incorporated herein by reference.
- Specific binding partner A member of a pair of molecules that interact by means of specific, non-covalent interactions that depend on the three-dimensional structures of the molecules involved.
- Exemplary pairs of specific binding partners include antigen/antibody, hapten/antibody, receptor/ligand, nucleic acid strand/complementary nucleic acid strand, substrate/enzyme, inhibitor/enzyme, carbohydrate/lectin, biotin/avidin (such as biotin/streptavidin), and virus/cellular receptor.
- Substituent An atom or group of atoms that replaces another atom in a molecule as the result of a reaction.
- substituted typically refers to an atom or group of atoms that replaces a hydrogen atom, or two hydrogen atoms if the substituent is attached via a double bond, on a parent hydrocarbon chain or ring.
- substituted may also cover groups of atoms having multiple points of attachment to the molecule, e.g. , the substituent replaces two or more hydrogen atoms on a parent hydrocarbon chain or ring. In such instances, the substituent, unless otherwise specified, may be attached in any spatial orientation to the parent hydrocarbon chain or ring.
- substituents include, for instance, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, alkylthio, acyl, aldehyde, amido, amino, aminoalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, arylamino, carbonate, carboxyl, cyano, cycloalkyl, dialkylamino, halo, haloaliphatic (e.g.
- haloalkyl haloalkyl
- haloalkoxy haloalkoxy, heteroaliphatic, heteroaryl, heterocycloaliphatic, hydroxyl, isocyano, isothiocyano, oxo, sulfonamide, sulfhydryl, thio, and thioalkoxy groups.
- a fundamental compound such as an aryl or aliphatic compound, or a radical thereof, having coupled thereto one or more substituents, each substituent typically replacing a hydrogen atom on the fundamental compound.
- a substituted aryl compound may have an aliphatic group coupled to the closed ring of the aryl base, such as with toluene.
- a long-chain hydrocarbon may have a hydroxyl group bonded thereto.
- Sulfonate-containing group A group including SO3 " .
- the term sulfonate-containing group includes -SO3 " and -RSO3 " groups, where R is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
- Target An intended molecule to which a disclosed targeting agent-drug conjugate is capable of specifically binding.
- targets include proteins and nucleic acid sequences present in tissue samples.
- a target area is an area in which a target molecule is located or potentially located.
- Targeting agent An agent that promotes preferential or targeted delivery to a target site, for example, a targeted location in a subject's body, such as a specific organ, organelle, physiologic system, tissue, or site of pathology such as a tumor, area of infection, or area of tissue injury.
- Targeting agents function by a variety of mechanisms, such as selective concentration in a target site or by binding to a specific binding partner.
- Suitable targeting agents include, but are not limited to, proteins, polypeptides, peptides, glycoproteins and other glycoslyated molecules, oligonucleotides, phospholipids, lipoproteins, alkaloids, and steroids.
- Exemplary targeting agents include antibodies, antibody fragments, affibodies, aptamers, albumin, cytokines, lymphokines, growth factors, hormones, enzymes, immune modulators, receptor proteins, antisense oligonucleotides, avidin, nano particles, and the like.
- Particularly useful of targeting agents are antibodies, nucleic acid sequences, and receptor ligands, although any pair of specific binding partners can be readily employed for this purpose.
- Conjugates comprising a heptamethine cyanine fluorophore, a drug, and a targeting agent or a reactive group suitable for further conjugation have a chemical structure according to Formula I or Formula II, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- m isl, 2, 3, 4, or 5; n is 1, 2 or 3; one of R 1 and R 4 is alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, -(O)C-R, or -(O)C-O-R, wherein R is alkyl, and the other of R 1 and R 4
- R b is a targeting agent or R b is
- R 2 is C(R C )2 wherein each R c independently is H, halo, alkyl, or aryl, or (R 2 ) m collectively is phenyl; R 3 is
- R 5 and R 10 independently are H, alkyl, alkoxy, or alkyl sulfonate
- R 6 -R 9 and R n -R 14 independently are H, alkyl, amino, alkoxy, or alkyl sulfonate
- each Y independently is C(R d )2, S, O, Se, or N(R d ) wherein each R d independently is H or alkyl
- each ring A independently is a 6-membered fused aliphatic, heteroaliphatic, aryl, or heteroaryl ring.
- R 2 is -CH 2 - and m is 1, 2 or 3.
- (R 2 )m collectively is phenyl.
- the two heterocycle moieties, and may be identical or different from one another.
- the two heterocycle moieties are identical.
- R 5 and R 10 independently are H, alkyl, alkoxy, or alkyl sulfonate.
- R 5 and R 10 are alkyl sulfonate, such as -(CH2)4S03 " .
- R 6 -R 9 and R n -R 14 independently are H, alkyl, amino, alkoxy, or alkyl sulfonate.
- R 6 -R 9 and R n -R 14 are H.
- Each Y independently is
- each R d independently is H or alkyl.
- each Y independently is C(CH3)2 or S.
- R b is a targeting agent and Y is C(R d )2, at least one R d is other than H.
- R 8 and R 9 together with the carbon atoms to which they are bound, collectively form a 6-membered fused aliphatic, heteroaliphatic, aryl, or heteroaryl ring.
- R 13 and R 14 together with the carbon atoms to which they are bound, collectively may form a 6- membered fused aliphatic, heteroaliphatic, aryl, or heteroaryl ring.
- These 6-membered fused rings are shown as Ring A in Formula II.
- ring A is a 6-membered fused heteroaryl ring with one nitrogen heteroatom.
- ring A is a fused phenyl ring. Ring A may be substituted with one or more optionally substituted sulfonate groups.
- R 3 is -Li-C(0)-X-drug, where Li is a linker moiety or is absent and X is O, N(H), or N(CH3). In one embodiment, Li is absent. In some embodiments, Li is aryl or heteroaryl substituted with at least one substituent comprising a substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic or heteroaliphatic moiety, wherein the aryl or heteroaryl ring is the site of attachment to the nitrogen atom and the substituent is bonded to the -C(0)-X-drug moiety. In certain embodiments, R 3 is:
- R e independently is H, halo, or alkyl.
- R 15 -R 19 are H.
- Li is absent and R 3 is -C(0)-0-drug.
- the drug can be any drug capable of conjugation to the remainder of the R 3 moiety.
- the drug is a small-molecule drug, e.g., a drug having a molecular weight ⁇ 1,000 Daltons.
- the drug moiety is an anti-cancer drug.
- the drug is an anti-breast cancer drug.
- the drug is a combretastatin, such as combretastatin A4 (CA4).
- CA4 displays potent growth inhibitory activity via inhibition of microtubule polymerization and has been the subject of numerous clinical trials despite significant vascular system-associated toxicity. A targeted strategy to deliver CA4 could alleviate these undesirable side effects.
- the drug is a duocarmycin, such as duocarmycin DM.
- the duocarmycins are cytotoxic antibiotics that are DNA minor groove- binding alkylating agents, and are suitable for use against solid tumors.
- Another exemplary drug is hemiasterlin, a natural product that disrupts microtubule dynamics and, in some doses,
- Exemplary -X-Drug moieties include, but are not limited to:
- R 1 and R 4 is alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, -(O)C-R, or -(O)C-O-R, wherein R is alkyl.
- R 1 or R 4 is alkyl, such as lower alkyl.
- R 1 or R 4 may be methyl.
- R 4 is -(CH2) X -L2-R a , where x is an integer > 1, L2 is absent or a linker
- R b is a targeting agent or R b is , or
- L2 is aliphatic, heteroaliphatic, or heteroaryl-aliphatic.
- R a is -C(0)N(H)R b or -N(H)C(0)R b .
- R b is a targeting agent.
- Exemplary targeting agents include, but are not limited to, antibodies, ligands, nucleic acid strands, and the like.
- the targeting agent is an antibody.
- R a is -C(0)N(H)R b or -N(H)C(0)R b and R b is an antibody.
- R b is a ligand, e.g., a ligand capable of binding to a receptor on a cell surface.
- Exemplary antibodies include antibodies capable of recognizing and binding to a target molecule, such as a biomarker associated with a disease, infection, or environmental exposure.
- the antibodies may be modified antibodies that include one or more unnatural amino acids to facilitate site-specific conjugation.
- Biomarkers include, but are not limited to, proteins, peptides, lipids, metabolites, and nucleic acids.
- the antibody is capable of recognizing and binding to a tumor biomarker, such as a protein only found in or on tumor cells or to a cell-surface receptor associated with one or more cancers.
- panitumumab is a human monoclonal antibody that recognizes and binds to human epidermal growth factor receptor 1 (HER1); HER1 is overexpressed in numerous tumor types and is also associated with some inflammatory diseases.
- Brentuximab is a monoclonal antibody that targets a cell-membrane protein CD30, which is expressed in classical Hodgkin lymphoma and systemic anaplastic large cell lymphoma.
- trastuzumab and pertuzumab are monoclonal antibodies that bind to the HER2/neu receptor, which is over-expressed in some breast cancers.
- R b is panitumumab. In another embodiment, R b is trastuzumab. In one embodiment, R b is panitumumab and R 3 is -C(0)-0-combretastatin A4. In an independent embodiment, R b is trastuzumab and R 3 is -C(0)-0-duocarmycin DM. In another independent embodiment, R b is trastuzumab and R 3 is -C(0)-X-hemiasterlin, where X is O or N(H). In an independent embodiment, R a or R b i is and the conjugate according to Formula I or Formula II is an intermediate that may be used for further conjugation reactions, such as conjugation to a targeting agent.
- RVR 4 groups include:
- R 1 and R 4 independently are 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5.
- q and r independently are 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5.
- one of R 1 and R 4 is
- R 1 is alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, -(O)C-R, or -(O)C-O-R
- R 4 is -(CH2)x-L2-R a
- R 1 is -(CH2) X -L2-R a
- R 4 is alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, -(O)C-R, or -(O)C-O-R.
- R 1 is lower alkyl and R 4 is -(CH 2 ) X -L 2 -R a where R a is -C(0)N(H)R b , -N(H)C(0)R b , -N(H)R b , or -SR b and R b is an antibody.
- R 4 is lower alkyl and R 1 is
- R a is -C(0)N(H)R b , -N(H)C(0)R b , -N(H)R b , or -SR b and R b is an antibody.
- the conjugate has a structure according to Formula II, and ring A is a heteroaryl ring including one nitrogen atom.
- the conjugate has a structure according to Formula II, and ring A is substituted with optionally substituted sulfonate.
- conjugate has a structure according to Formula II, and ring A is a fused phenyl ring.
- embodiments of the disclosed conjugates undergo photodegradation when irradiated with near-IR light, which uncages the C4'-nitrogen and renders C4'-N bond hydrolytically labile. Subsequently, the irradiation induces cyclization of the uncaged amine onto a pendant carbamate group and hydrolysis to release the drug payload.
- the photodegradation involves a singlet oxygen-mediated regioselective cyanine polyene cleavage process that proceeds through dioxetane intermediates.
- Embodiments of a precursor compound useful for making the conjugates according to Formulas I and II have a structure accordin to Formula III or Formula IV, or a salt thereof.
- R 1 and R 24 are as previously defined; one of R 1 and R 24 is alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, -(O)C-R, or -(O)C-O-R, wherein R is alkyl, and the other of R 1 and R 24 is -(CH2) U -C ⁇ CH where u is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5; and R 23 is a protecting group.
- the protecting group is an amine protecting group.
- Exemplary amine protecting groups include, but are not limited to, Boc (i ⁇ ?ri-butyloxycarbonyl) and Fmoc (9-fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl).
- R 2 is C(R C )2 wherein each R c independently is H, halo, alkyl, or aryl, or (R 2 ) m collectively is phenyl.
- R 2 is -CH2- and m is 1, 2 or 3.
- (R 2 )m collectively is phenyl.
- R 5 and R 10 independently are H, alkyl, alkoxy, or alkyl sulfonate. In some embodiments, R 5 and R 10 are alkyl sulfonate, such as -(CH2)4S03 " .
- R 6 -R 9 and R n -R 14 independently are H, alkyl, amino, alkoxy, or alkyl sulfonate. In certain embodiments, R 6 -R 9 and R n -R 14 are H.
- Each Y independently is C(R d )2, S, O, Se, or N(R d ) wherein each R d independently is H or alkyl. In some examples, each Y independently is C(CH3)2 or S.
- the two heterocycle moieties may be substantially the same or different from one another. In certain embodiments, each Y is the same and R 5 -R 9 are identical to R 10 -R 14 , respectively.
- R 8 and R 9 together with the carbon atoms to which they are bound, collectively form a 6-membered fused aliphatic, heteroaliphatic, aryl, or heteroaryl ring.
- R 13 and R 14 together with the carbon atoms to which they are bound, collectively may form a 6- membered fused aliphatic, heteroaliphatic, aryl, or heteroaryl ring.
- These 6-membered fused rings are shown as Ring A in Formula IV.
- ring A is a 6-membered fused heteroaryl ring with one nitrogen heteroatom.
- ring A is a fused phenyl ring. Ring A may be substituted with one or more optionally substituted sulfonate groups.
- R 1 is lower alkyl and R 24 is -(CH2) U -C ⁇ CH. In an independent embodiment, R 1 is -(CH2) U -C ⁇ CH and R 24 is lower alkyl. In certain embodiments, R 1 and R 24 may undergo a spontaneous rearrangement (i.e., the substituents switch positions) when R 23 is removed during subsequent conjugation of a drug to the precursor compound.
- Exemplary precursor molecules include, but are not limited to:
- Embodiments of the disclosed conjugates and precursor compounds are synthesized from cyanine fluorophores.
- An exemplary synthesis of a precursor compound according to Formula III or Formula IV is shown in Scheme 1.
- Exemplary compound 1 is commercially available (IR-783, Sigma- Aldrich).
- a Boc- protected amine 2 is synthesized by reaction of tosyl-pentyne with ethanolamine, followed by reaction with triethylamine and di-i-butyl dicarbonate to provide a protected nitrogen. .i3 ⁇ 4- ⁇ ' ;. ⁇ ⁇ ! ⁇ ,
- the hydroxy group is replaced with a substituted amine by reaction with Dess-Martin periodinane (DMP) followed by reaction with a desired amine, e.g., methylamine.
- DMP Dess-Martin periodinane
- N- linked cyanine products Under many conditions, a 1:1 mixture of two distinct N- linked cyanine products is obtained. These products are constitutional isomers comprising the configuration of 4 and an isomer in which the alkynyl and N-linked methyl groups are reversed (i.e., with reference to Formulas III and IV, the alkynyl group is at R 1 and the methyl group is at R 24 ). The isomers arise from the intermediate di te formation.
- Compound 4 is produced in high yield by deprotection of the Boc group in neat
- a conjugate according to Formula I or Formula II where R b is a reactive group is prepared by addition of a linker and a reactive group to the drug-functionalized precursor.
- an NHS ester 7 is formed by copper-catalyzed cycloaddition of a linker (e.g., azido-PEG 4 -acid 5), and subsequent transformation of the acid to the NHS ester with TSTU 6 ( ⁇ , ⁇ , ⁇ ', N'-tetramethyl- 0-(N-succinimidyl)uronium tetrafluoroborate) (Scheme 3).
- a targeting agent is then reacted with 7 to produce a targeting agent-drug conjugate according to Formula I or Formula II.
- the conjugate is purified, e.g., by size-exclusion chromatography.
- the targeting agent is an antibody.
- the anti-HERl antibody panitumumab was reacted with 7 to provide a panitumumab- combretastatin A4 conjugate.
- the NHS ester reacts readily with targeting agents including one or more primary amine groups.
- a comparable maleimidyl-functionalized compound is useful when the targeting agent includes one or more sulfhydryl groups.
- a dibenzocylooctyne is reacted with the alkynyl group of 4.
- the targeting agent e.g., an antibody, is activated with an azide-containing molecule.
- the dibenzocylooctyne-functionalized heptamethine cyanine-drug conjugate readily reacts with the azide-functionalized targeting agent to form a stable triazole and produce the targeting agent-drug conjugate according to Formula I or Formula II.
- the reaction does not require a Cu(I) catalyst.
- the targeting agent is trastuzumab and the drug is duocarmycin DM.
- the targeting agent is trastuzumab and the drug is hemiasterlin.
- compositions comprising at least one conjugate as disclosed herein.
- Some embodiments of the pharmaceutical compositions include a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and at least one conjugate.
- Useful pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and excipients are known in the art.
- the pharmaceutical compositions comprising one or more conjugates may be formulated in a variety of ways depending, for example, on the mode of administration and/or on the location to be imaged.
- Parenteral formulations may comprise injectable fluids that are pharmaceutically and physiologically acceptable fluid vehicles such as water, physiological saline, other balanced salt solutions, aqueous dextrose, glycerol or the like.
- Excipients may include, for example, nonionic solubilizers, such as cremophor ® , or proteins, such as human serum albumin or plasma
- the pharmaceutical composition to be administered may also contain nontoxic auxiliary substances, such as wetting or emulsifying agents, preservatives, and pH buffering agents and the like, for example, sodium acetate or sorbitan monolaurate.
- nontoxic auxiliary substances such as wetting or emulsifying agents, preservatives, and pH buffering agents and the like, for example, sodium acetate or sorbitan monolaurate.
- the form of the pharmaceutical composition will be determined by the mode of administration chosen.
- Embodiments of the disclosed pharmaceutical compositions may take a form suitable for virtually any mode of administration, including, for example, topical, ocular, oral, buccal, systemic, nasal, injection, transdermal, rectal, vaginal, etc., or a form suitable for administration by inhalation or insufflation.
- mode of administration including, for example, topical, ocular, oral, buccal, systemic, nasal, injection, transdermal, rectal, vaginal, etc., or a form suitable for administration by inhalation or insufflation.
- compositions will be administered by injection, systemically, or orally.
- Useful injectable preparations include sterile suspensions, solutions or emulsions of the active compound(s) in aqueous or oily vehicles.
- the compositions may also contain formulating agents, such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agent.
- the formulations for injection may be presented in unit dosage form, e.g., in ampules or in multidose containers, and may contain added preservatives.
- the composition may take such forms as suspension, solutions or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles, and may contain formulatory agents such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents.
- parenteral administration may be done by bolus injection or continuous infusion.
- the conjugate may be in powder form for reconstitution with a suitable vehicle, e.g. sterile water, before use.
- Systemic formulations include those designed for administration by injection, e.g., subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, intrathecal or intraperitoneal injection, as well as those designed for transdermal, transmucosal, oral or pulmonary administration.
- Oral formulations may be liquid (e.g. , syrups, solutions or suspensions), or solid (e.g. , powder, tablets, or capsules). Oral formulations may be coupled with targeting ligands for crossing the endothelial barrier. Some conjugate formulations may be dried, e.g. , by spray-drying with a disaccharide, to form conjugate powders.
- Solid compositions prepared by conventional means with pharmaceutically acceptable excipients such as binding agents (e.g., pregelatinised maize starch, polyvinylpyrrolidone or hydroxypropyl methylcellulose); fillers (e.g., lactose, mannitol, microcrystalline cellulose or calcium hydrogen phosphate); lubricants (e.g., magnesium stearate, talc or silica); disintegrants (e.g. , potato starch or sodium starch glycolate); or wetting agents (e.g. , sodium lauryl sulfate).
- binding agents e.g., pregelatinised maize starch, polyvinylpyrrolidone or hydroxypropyl methylcellulose
- fillers e.g., lactose, mannitol, microcrystalline cellulose or calcium hydrogen phosphate
- lubricants e.g., magnesium stearate, talc or silica
- disintegrants e.g. , potato
- Liquid preparations for oral administration may take the form of, for example, elixirs, solutions, syrups or suspensions.
- Such liquid preparations may be prepared by conventional means with pharmaceutically acceptable additives such as suspending agents (e.g., sorbitol syrup, cellulose derivatives or hydrogenated edible fats); emulsifying agents (e.g., lecithin or acacia); nonaqueous vehicles (e.g., almond oil, oily esters, ethyl alcohol, cremophor ® or fractionated vegetable oils); and preservatives (e.g., methyl or propyl-p-hydroxybenzoates or sorbic acid).
- the preparations may also contain buffer salts, preservatives, flavoring, coloring and sweetening agents as appropriate.
- Preparations for oral administration may be suitably formulated to give controlled release of the fluorophore, as is well known.
- the conjugate(s) may be formulated as solutions (for retention enemas) suppositories or ointments containing conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter or other glycerides.
- the conjugate(s) can be conveniently delivered in the form of an aerosol spray or mist from pressurized packs or a nebulizer with the use of a suitable propellant, e.g., dichlorodifluoromethane,
- the dosage unit may be determined by providing a valve to deliver a metered amount.
- compositions comprising conjugates as described herein may be formulated in unit dosage form suitable for individual administration of precise dosages.
- the pharmaceutical compositions may, if desired, be presented in a pack or dispenser device which may contain one or more unit dosage forms containing the conjugate.
- the pack may, for example, comprise metal or plastic foil, such as a blister pack.
- the pack or dispenser device may be accompanied by instructions for administration.
- the amount of conjugate administered will depend at least in part on the subject being treated, the target (e.g. , the size, location, and characteristics of a tumor), and the manner of administration, and is known to those skilled in the art.
- the formulation to be administered will contain a quantity of the conjugate disclosed herein in an amount effective to provide a therapeutically effective dose of the drug to the subject being treated when the conjugate is irradiated with NIR light to release the drug from the conjugate.
- the pharmaceutical composition includes a second therapeutic agent other than the conjugate.
- the second agent may be, for example, an anti-tumor agent or an angiogenesis inhibitor.
- Embodiments of the disclosed conjugates according to Formula I or Formula II are photoactivated by application of light having a desired wavelength, intensity, and/or surface area to a pre-selected target area for an effective period of time. Photoactivation results in cleavage of the drug from the conjugate.
- the wavelength is selected within the near-infrared range, e.g. , from 650 nm to 2500 nm, such as from 650-900 nm.
- the light source is a laser that produces light having a wavelength of 680-700 nm. Suitable light intensities may range from 1 mW to 750 mW depending on the target site and method of application.
- Near-infrared light sources can be obtained from commercial sources, including Thorlabs (Newton, NJ), Laser Components, USA (Hudson, NH), ProPhotonix (Salem, NH) and others.
- the effective quantity of NIR light is 10-250 J, such as 10-200 J, 10-150 J, or 10-100 J.
- the effective quantity of NIR light may be 10-250 J/cm 2 , such as 10-200 J/cm 2 , 10-150 J/cm 2 , or 10-100 J/cm 2 .
- irradiation is performed by external application of light to a targeted area of a subject.
- NIR light is capable of penetrating transcutaneously into tissue to a depth of several centimeters.
- irradiation may be performed by internal application of light, such as by using an endoscope, a fiber optic catheter, or an implantable fluorescence device. Internal application may be used when the target tissue, such as a tumor, is located at a depth that is unsuitable for external light application.
- an endoscope may be used for light delivery into the lungs, stomach, or bladder.
- the surface area for light application is generally selected to include target tissue, e.g. , a tumor or portion of a tumor, or an area of skin external to the target tissue.
- target tissue e.g. , a tumor or portion of a tumor, or an area of skin external to the target tissue.
- the surface area can be controlled by use of an appropriate light applicator, such as a micro-lens, a Fresnel lens, or a diffuser arrangement.
- a desired endoscope or fiber optic catheter diameter can be selected.
- an indwelling catheter filled with a light scattering solution may be internally placed proximate the target tissue, and an optical fiber light source may be inserted into the catheter (see, e.g.
- Irradiation is performed for a period of time sufficient to deliver an amount of irradiation effective to induce cleavage of the drug from at least some molecules of the conjugate.
- the effective amount of irradiation is at least 10 J/cm 2 , such as at least 30 J/cm 2 , at least 50 J/cm 2 , or at least 100 J/cm 2 .
- Effective amounts of irradiation may range from 10- 250 J/cm 2 , such as from 30-100 J/cm 2 .
- Conjugates according to Formula I or Formula II are suitable for in vivo, ex vivo, or in vitro use.
- R b is a targeting agent and Y is C(R d )2
- at least one R d is other than H.
- the conjugate is irradiated with targeted application of an effective quantity of light having a selected wavelength in the near-infrared range and a selected intensity to induce a cleavage reaction and release the drug from at least some molecules of the conjugate.
- drug may be released from at least 10%, at least 20% at least 40%, at least 60%, or at least 80% of the conjugate molecules when the conjugate is irradiated with an effective quantity of light.
- from 10-100% of the drug is released, such as from 20-100%, from 40-100%, from 60-100%, or from 80-100%.
- the conjugate is evaluated in the absence of a biological sample to confirm that the particular conjugate will undergo photodegradation when irradiated with near-IR light.
- a fluorescence level of the conjugate may be monitored during irradiation, and irradiation may be ceased when the fluorescence level falls below a target level. Fluorescence decreases as drug is released from the conjugate. Thus, the fluorescence level might be monitored to determine when a desired or sufficient proportion of the conjugate has undergone cleavage and drug release.
- a biological sample may be contacted in vivo, ex vivo, or in vitro with the conjugate according to Formula I or Formula II. Following contact with the conjugate, the biological sample is irradiated with near-IR radiation to induce a cleavage reaction and release the drug from the conjugate.
- a period of time is allowed to lapse between administration of the conjugate and application of near-IR radiation, thereby providing time for the conjugate to accumulate at and bind to the target site.
- the period of time may be several hours to several days, such as from 1-7 days or from 12 hours-2 days.
- the conjugate according to Formula I or II comprises a targeting agent capable of recognizing and binding directly or indirectly, in vitro, in vivo, or ex vivo, to a target (e.g. , an antigen or a receptor) present or suspected of being present in the biological sample.
- a target e.g. , an antigen or a receptor
- the biological sample is visualized under conditions suitable to produce near- IR fluorescence if the conjugate is present in the biological sample. Fluorescence also confirms presence of the target in the biological sample. Excess unbound conjugate may be removed from the biological sample (e.g. , by washing a tissue sample) prior to visualizing the sample to detect fluorescence.
- a biological sample e.g. , a tissue sample
- a conjugate according to Formula I or II comprising an antibody capable of recognizing and binding to the target.
- a biological sample that may comprise a target is combined with a first antibody capable of recognizing and binding to the target; subsequently, the biological sample is contacted with a conjugate comprising an anti- antibody antibody.
- the biological sample is contacted with a conjugate comprising a ligand capable of binding to a receptor.
- substituent R b may be a receptor ligand capable of binding to a receptor on a cell surface.
- a subject is identified as having a condition that may be treated with a drug.
- a therapeutically effective amount of a conjugate according to Formula I or II comprising the drug or a pharmaceutical composition comprising the conjugate is administered to the subject.
- a therapeutically effective amount of the conjugate is an amount sufficient to release a
- the light source provides light with a wavelength of 680-700 nm and an intensity of 300-700 mW/cm 2 .
- the light has a wavelength of 690 nm and an intensity of 500 mW/cm 2 .
- the effective amount may range from 10-250 J/cm 2 , such as from 10-100 J/cm 2 , or 30-100 J/cm 2 .
- the subject has a tumor and a conjugate according to Formula I or II comprises a targeting agent capable of recognizing and binding to an antigen or ligand-binding receptor of the tumor.
- Suitable tumors include, but are not limited to, solid tumor masses, such as intraperitoneal tumors (e.g., ovarian, prostate, colorectal), breast tumors, or head/neck tumors.
- the targeting agent may be, for example, an antibody that recognizes and binds to the tumor antigen.
- a therapeutically effective amount of the conjugate, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition comprising the conjugate is administered to the subject by any suitable means including, but not limited to, parenteral, intravenous, subcutaneous, oral, rectal, vaginal, or topical administration.
- the administered conjugate is irradiated by targeted application of NIR light to an area proximate a location of the tumor.
- a subject 100 with a tumor 110 may be treated with a conjugate comprising an anti-tumor drug and an antibody or ligand capable of recognizing and binding to an antigen or receptor on a tumor cell surface.
- Administration of the conjugate to the subject may impair growth of the tumor and/or cause tumor regression.
- the administered conjugate prior to targeted application of NIR light, is visualized by exposing the tumor to light having a wavelength suitable for exciting the cyanine fluorophore, thereby inducing fluorescence and visualizing the tumor.
- the tumor site is exposed by surgical incision prior to exposing the tumor to light.
- the tumor is excised using the area of fluorescence as guidance. Remaining conjugate and/or tumor tissue is then be irradiated by targeted application of NIR light as described above to release the drug and treat any non-excised cancerous tissue.
- the conjugate 120 is administered via intravenous injection.
- a period of time is allowed to elapse during which the conjugate preferentially accumulates at the tumor site as the antibody or ligand moiety binds to the tumor.
- a target portion of the subject subsequently is selectively irradiated with an effective amount of NIR light energy of a desired wavelength using an external light applicator 130.
- the light applicator 130 applies the photoactivation energy to a target area limited to the region of the tumor 110, thereby selectively inducing cleavage of the conjugate molecules in and around the tumor 110 and targeting delivery of the anti-tumor drug released from the conjugate.
- a therapeutically effective amount of a second agent may be co-administered with the conjugate or salt thereof.
- the conjugate (or salt thereof) and the second agent may be administered either separately or together in a single composition.
- the second agent may be administered by the same route or a different route. If administered concurrently, the conjugate (or salt thereof) and the second agent may be combined in a single pharmaceutical composition or may be administered concurrently as two pharmaceutical compositions.
- the second agent may be, for example, an antitumor agent or an angiogenesis inhibitor.
- an in vitro or ex vivo evaluation may be performed to determine whether a targeting agent-drug conjugate according to Formula I or II will effectively bind to a tissue sample obtained from a subject having, or suspected of having, a condition that may be treated or ameliorated by the drug and/or to determine whether the drug may be effective for the subject's condition.
- the conjugate comprises a drug and a moiety at R b thought to be capable of binding to or associating with the target molecule.
- R b is a receptor ligand or antibody capable of binding to a target receptor.
- the tissue sample is washed to remove excess, unbound conjugate, and fluorescence of the tissue sample is assessed. Fluorescence indicates that the conjugate has bound to the tissue sample. Following irradiation with near-IR light, fluorescence may again be assessed. A decrease in (or cessation of) fluorescence indicates release of the drug.
- the drug's efficacy also may be assessed, e.g., by assessing cytotoxicity.
- Embodiments of conjugates according to Formula I or Formula II wherein R b comprises a succinimidyl or maleimidyl group are suitable for customized conjugation to a targeting agent of choice.
- a tumor sample is obtained from a subject, and a conjugate comprising a drug that may be effective against the tumor is selected.
- An antibody that specifically recognizes and binds to an antigen on the tumor is prepared by methods known to one of ordinary skill in the art. The prepared antibody is then reacted with R b of the selected conjugate to provide a customized conjugate suitable for administration to the subject.
- Precursor compounds according to Formula III or Formula IV are suitable for customized conjugation to a selected drug and a selected targeting agent.
- the precursor compound is used by a pharmaceutical company to develop a conjugate having a desired combination of drug and targeting agent.
- the precursor compound is used by a researcher or clinician to develop conjugates having desired combinations of drugs and targeting agents useful for research purposes or for developing a customized conjugate for treating a subject.
- kits are also a feature of this disclosure.
- Embodiments of the kits include at least one conjugate according to general Formula I or II or a precursor compound according to general Formula III or IV.
- the kit includes a conjugate according to Formula I or II wherein R b is a targeting agent, e.g. , an antibody.
- the kit includes an intermediate compound wherein R a or R b is
- the kit may be used to prepare a further conjugate comprising a desired targeting agent, wherein the targeting agent is capable of reacting with the intermediate compound to provide a conjugate comprising the targeting agent.
- the kit includes a precursor compound according to Formula III or Formula IV, and the kit is used to prepare a conjugate having a desired targeting agent and a desired drug.
- kits also include at least one solution in which the conjugate or precursor compound may be dissolved or suspended.
- the kits also may include one or more containers, such as a disposable test tube or cuvette.
- the kits may further include instructions for using the conjugate according to Formula I or II, for forming a further conjugate with a desired targeting agent if R b is a reactive group, and/or for preparing a conjugate comprising a desired targeting agent and a desired drug from the precursor compound according to Formula III or IV.
- the kits further include reagents suitable for conjugating the compound according to Formula I, II, III, or IV to a targeting agent and/or for conjugate the compound according to Formula III or IV to a drug.
- the conjugate or precursor compound is provided as a solid, and the solution is provided in liquid form.
- the solution is suitable for dissolving a conjugate according to Formula I or II so that the dissolved conjugate may be administered to a subject or so that a dissolved conjugate wherein R b is a reactive group (an intermediate compound comprising a drug and a reactive group) may be conjugated to a targeting agent.
- the solution is suitable for dissolving a precursor compound according to Formula III or IV for subsequent conjugation to a drug and/or targeting agent.
- the solution may be provided at a concentration suitable for the intended use.
- the solution may be provided as a concentrated solution, which is subsequently diluted prior to use.
- the conjugate or precursor compound is premeasured into one or more containers (e.g. , test tubes or cuvettes). IX. Examples
- 3 ⁇ 4 NMR and 13 C NMR spectra were recorded on Varian and Bruker spectrometers (at 400 or 500 MHz or at 100 or 125 MHz) and are reported relative to deuterated solvent signals. Data for 3 ⁇ 4 NMR spectra are reported as follows: chemical shift ( ⁇ ppm), multiplicity, coupling constant (Hz), and integration. Data for 13 C NMR spectra are reported in terms of chemical shift.
- IR spectra were recorded on a Varian 640-IR spectrometer and are reported in terms of frequency of absorption (cm 1 ). Absorption curves for quantum yield measurements were performed on a Shimadzu UV-2550 spectrophotometer operated by UVProbe 2.32 software. Fluorescence traces and quantum yield measurements were recorded on a PTI QuantaMaster steady-state
- the reaction was diluted with saturated aqueous NaHCCb (10 mL), water (5 mL), and acetonitrile (0.5 mL), and stirred for 20 minutes at room temperature.
- the entire mixture was loaded directly onto a pre-packed 50 g C18 column and purified by reversed-phase chromatography (5 ⁇ 45 % MeCN/ water). The solvent was removed in vacuo to afford 3 (76 mg, 81 % yield) as a dark blue solid.
- ⁇ is the fluorescence quantum yield
- Grad is the gradient of the integrated fluorescence intensity vs. absorbance plot
- ⁇ is the refractive index of the solvent. Measurements were performed in 10 mm path length quartz cuvettes (Hellma 111-QS), maintained at 25 °C, with the absorbance of all dye solutions ⁇ 0.08 in order to maximize illumination homogeneity and optical transparency and minimize reabsorption effects.
- IR783 standard and test dye solutions were excited at 10 nm below their absorption maxima.
- Molar absorption coefficients ( ⁇ ) were determined in 1 : 1 (v/v) MeOH/PBS (pH 7.4) using Beer's law, from plots of absorbance vs. concentration. Measurements were performed in 10 mm path length quartz cuvettes (Hellma 111-QS), maintained at 25 °C, with absorbance at the highest concentration ⁇ 0.08 (see above).
- Panitumumab Conjugation (Bhattacharyya et al., Medchemcomm 2014, 5: 1337) Panitumumab was incubated with 1.3 equiv. of 7 to provide the CY-Pan-CA4 conjugate.
- CY-Pan-CA4 possessed a DOL of 1.2 and protein concentration of 18 ⁇ , and CY-Pan-Phenol a DOL of 1.1 and protein concentration of 21 ⁇ .
- the antibody conjugate solutions were filtered through a 0.22 ⁇ sterile filter (Acrodisc) and stored at 4 °C. SDS-PAGE
- Sodium dodecyl sulfate -polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis was conducted to assess the purity of the antibody conjugates.
- NuPAGE 4-12% Bis-Tris gels (Life Technologies #IM-8042) were loaded with 15 ⁇ g of CY-Pan-CA4 and CY-Pan-Phenol (1 : 1:2 conjugate/NuPAGE LDS sample buffer/lX PBS) and run under non-reducing conditions in IX MES SDS running buffer at 180 V for 40 min.
- a BenchMark Pre-Stained Protein Standard (Life Technologies #10748010) was used for molecular weight comparison.
- Boc-Cy7 3 (11.3 mg, 0.012 mmol) was dissolved in neat trifluoroacetic acid (250 ⁇ ) under argon at room temperature. The dark red solution was stirred for 20 minutes at room temperature, then subsequently cooled to 0 °C and diluted with THF (4 mL). A sodium bicarbonate (500 mg) solution in 10 mL of water was added slowly with vigorous stirring. In a separate vessel duocarmycin DM (5.6 mg, 0.010 mmol) was dissolved in MeCN (0.5 mL) at 0 °C under argon.
- a solution of CY-Pan-CA4 in DMEM/FBS was irradiated with 50 J of 690 nm light administered from a convenient LED source (20 mW/cm 2 ), or left in the dark, and then incubated for 18 h at 37 °C.
- the irradiated sample provided an excellent yield of free CA4, 61%, as measured by HPLC, whereas the unirradiated sample provided only negligible quantities (1%) of the free drug (FIG. 6).
- the absorption and fluorescence emission of the conjugate were measured, and the consequence of irradiation on the fluorescence emission was also evaluated.
- the decay of the fluorescent signal during the photobleaching of CY-Pan-CA4 was determined as follows.
- a 500 nM solution of CY-Pan-CA4 was prepared by dilution of a saline stock solution into DMEM/FBS (9: 1 v/v) and 150 of this solution was transferred to a 3 mm path length quartz cuvette (Hellma 101-QS).
- the sample was irradiated (open to air) with 10 J doses of 690 nm light between fluorimeter readings.
- the sample was excited at 690 nm and the integrated emission intensity from 740-800 nm was extracted and plotted against light dose.
- the HPLC yields of combretastatin A4 (CA4) during the photolysis experiment were determined by an external calibration method (Pigini et al. , Rapid Commun. Mass Spectrom. 2006, 20: 1031).
- a calibration curve was constructed with varying concentrations of CA4 plotted against the integrated area of the compound peak (FIG. 9).
- the solutions for calibration were generated from a 1 mM DMSO stock solution of CA4 via dilution in 1 : 1 (v/v) saline/MeCN to afford 1, 5, 10, and 20 ⁇ solutions.
- the calibration samples were analyzed on an Agilent 1260 Infinity HPLC utilizing an Eclipse Plus 5 ⁇ C18 110 A (4.6 x 250 mm) column with a gradient of 5 ⁇ 95% (8 min) to 95 ⁇ 5% (2 min) MeCN/0.1% aqueous formic acid at a flow rate of 2.0 niL/min.
- This method of sample preparation and analysis was identical to what is used in the photolysis experiment (see below) to ensure consistency between the calibration curves and the experimental runs.
- a CY-Pan-CA4 saline solution (effective dye concentration of 22.4 ⁇ ) was diluted into DMEM/FBS (9: 1 v/v) to afford 100 ⁇ . of a 10 ⁇ solution.
- the sample was irradiated in a microcentrifuge tube with 50 J of 690 nm light at room temperature. The sample was subsequently heated for 18 hours at 37 °C, concurrently with a non-irradiated dark control.
- the reaction was diluted with 100 of acetonitrile to precipitate proteins, vortexed, and centrifuged for 1 min at 6,000 rpm.
- the CA4 concentration was divided by the original dye concentration to determine the yield of the released CA4.
- the photolysis was performed in experimental triplicate.
- MDA-MB-468 (HER1 overexpression) and MCF-7 (normal HER1 expression) human breast cancer cell lines were obtained from the NCI DTP, DCTD Tumor Repository.
- MDA-MB- 468 was cultured in RPMI supplemented with 2 mM L-glutamine, 11 mM D-glucose, 24 mM sodium bicarbonate, 10% heat-inactivated fetal bovine serum, 100 units/mL penicillin, 100 ⁇ g/mL streptomycin, and 0.25 ⁇ g/mL amphotericin B.
- MCF-7 was cultured in DMEM supplemented with 4 mM L-glutamine, 25 mM D-glucose, 44 mM sodium bicarbonate, 10% heat-inactivated fetal bovine serum, 100 units/mL penicillin, 100 ⁇ g/mL streptomycin, and 0.25 ⁇ g/mL amphotericin B. Both cell lines were grown at 37 °C in an atmosphere of 20% O2 and 5% CO2. Stock cultures were maintained in continuously exponential growth by weekly passage of the appropriate number of cells following trypsinization with 0.25% Trypsin-EDTA (0.9 mM) in PBS.
- MDA-MB-468 or MCF-7 cells (5 x 10 4 cells/well) were plated on Nunc Lab-Tek ® II chambered #1.5 German borosilicate coverglass (Thermo Fisher Scientific, Inc.) and allowed to adhere overnight. Cells were incubated with 100 nM CY-Pan-CA4 for 3 h, washed twice with PBS, incubated with 1 ⁇ Hoechst 33342 for 0.5 h, washed twice with PBS, and imaged.
- Fluorescence microscopy was performed using a Zeiss LSM 780 confocal microscope at 63x magnification using a plan-apochromat oil immersion objective. Near-IR fluorescence was imaged using a HeNe633 laser (633 nm excitation, 650 nm longpass emission) and Hoechst 33342 using an Argon/2 laser (488 nm excitation, 505-550 bandpass emission). Differential interference contrast (DIC) was collected using the Argon/2 laser. Image processing was conducted with Fiji.
- FIG. 11 shows fluorescence confocal microscopy images of live MDA-MG-468 (panels 1- 3) and MCF-7 (panels 4-6) cells treated with Hoechst 3342 (1 ⁇ ) and CY-Pan-CA4 (100 nm).
- Panels 1 and 4 are fluorescence emission from Hoechst 3342;
- panels 2 and 5 are fluorescence emission from CY-Pan-CA4;
- panels 3 and 6 are differential interference contrast images.
- the results show that only HER1+ (MDA-MB-468) cells exhibited characteristic antibody labeling.
- MDA-MB-468 or MCF-7 cells were seeded into 6-well plates (1 xlO 6 cells/well) and allowed to adhere overnight. Cells were incubated with 100 nM CY-Pan-CA4 for 3 h, washed twice with PBS, trypsinized, and suspended in PBS supplemented with 2% fetal bovine serum. Flow cytometric analysis for near-IR fluorescence signal was performed at the CCR Flow
- Cytometry Core (NCI-Frederick) using a BD LSRII Fortessa analyzer operating a laser line at 647 nm (FIG. 12). Data processing was conducted with FlowJo vX.0.7.
- CY-Pan-CA4 was evaluated to determine whether it elicits a cytotoxic effect in the same cell lines in a light- and antigen-dependent fashion.
- Cell viability was determined with continuous exposure to a wide concentration range of CY-Pan-CA4 to examine the full biological effect of cleaved vs. uncleaved conjugate.
- MDA-MB-468 or MCF-7 cells were seeded into 96-well plates (5 x 10 4 cells/well) and allowed to adhere overnight. Initial seeding densities were such to ensure cells remained in exponential growth for the duration of the assay.
- media was replaced with that containing CY-Pan-CA4, CY-Pan-Phenol, CA4, Pan, or DMSO.
- MTT 3-(4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl)-2,5- diphenyltetrazolium bromide
- PBS 20 uL of MTT (3-(4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl)-2,5- diphenyltetrazolium bromide) from a 5 mg/mL stock in PBS was added to each well and incubated for 4 h at 37 °C.
- Drug effects were expressed as % cell viability relative to the DMSO (no inhibitor) control.
- Half-maximal inhibitory concentrations (IC50) were obtained from sigmoidal curve fits of % viability vs. concentration data using GraphPad Prism 6. All experiments were conducted in quadruplicate, with error bars representing the standard deviation.
- MDA-MB-468 (HER1+) and MCF-7 (HER1-) cells were incubated with CY-Pan-CA4 (100 nM) for 24 h, the media was replaced, irradiation was carried as above, and cell viability was evaluated. A significant reduction in cell viability was observed only upon 690 nm irradiation in the HER1+ cell line, with little effect in either the HER1- cell line or in the absence of irradiation (FIG. 14). No effect on viability was apparent using a version of the antibody conjugate that releases only biologically inactive phenol, indicating that the observed cytotoxicity is solely a consequence of drug release.
- CY-Pan-CA4 The in vivo properties of CY-Pan-CA4 were examined. Specifically, conjugate stability, tumor localization, and modulation of fluorescence signal by external irradiation were evaluated. Fluorescence signal modulation was used to provide an initial, albeit surrogate, measure for drug release.
- a xenograft tumor model with dorsal A431 (HER1+) tumors was used. All in vivo procedures were conducted in compliance with the Guide for the Care and Use of Laboratory Animal Resources (1996), US National Research Council, and approved by the National Cancer Institute/NIH Animal Care and Use
- mice Six-week-old to 8-week-old female homozygote athymic nude mice were purchased from Charles River (NCI-Frederick). During treatment, mice were anesthetized with isoflurane. A431 cells (2 x 10 6 ) were injected subcutaneously in the right dorsum of each mouse. Experiments were performed at 8-9 days after cell injection. Tumors reaching approximately 5-7 mm were selected for the study.
- FIGS. 15A and 15B ventral side and dorsal side, respectively.
- ROIs Regions of interest
- FIG. 16A Pearl Cam Software (LI-COR Biosciences) was used for calculating the average fluorescence intensity within each ROI.
- mice were implanted with two tumors, one in each side of the dorsum, administered CY-Pan-CA4, and, after 2 days, one of the tumors was irradiated with increasing light doses from a 690 nm laser.
- CY-Pan-CA4 100 ⁇ g was administered intravenously via the tail vein.
- the right dorsum tumor was exposed to 0, 10, 30, 50, and 100 J/cm 2 doses of 690 nm light (500 mW/cm 2 ) using a laser system (BWF5-690-8-600-0.37; B&W Tek Inc., Newark, DE).
- the left dorsum tumor was covered with aluminum foil.
- the fluorescence signal of only the irradiated tumor decreased in a light-dependent manner (FIG. 17).
- the light doses applied were similar to or compared favorably to those used for conventional photodynamic therapy-type applications.
- a subject having a solid tumor is identified and selected for treatment.
- the subject may be selected based on a clinical presentation and/or by performing tests to demonstrate presence of a solid tumor.
- the subject is treated by administering a conjugate according to Formula I or Formula II, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition thereof at a dose determined by a clinician to be therapeutically effective.
- the conjugate is administered by any suitable means, such as parenteral, intravenous, or subcutaneous injection.
- the conjugate is injected directly into the tumor.
- the location of the conjugate is monitored by exposure to light having a wavelength suitable for inducing fluorescence of the cyanine fluorophore, thereby exciting the cyanine fluorophore, and detecting fluorescence of the conjugate. Monitoring may be performed after a period of time sufficient to allow binding of the conjugate to the tumor.
- the administered conjugate subsequently is irradiated by targeted application of an effective quantity of light having a wavelength in the near-infrared range and a selected intensity to a targeted portion of the subject, thereby releasing the drug from at least some molecules of the conjugate.
- the targeted portion of the subject is proximate the tumor. Irradiation may be performed after a period of time sufficient to allow binding of the conjugate to the tumor. For example, irradiation may be performed several hours to several days after administration of the conjugate, such as from 1-7 days after administration of the conjugate. In some instances, drug release is assessed by monitoring a decrease in fluorescence emission of the conjugate in vivo.
- At least a portion of the tumor is surgically excised prior to targeted application of near-infrared light with subsequent release of the drug from at least some molecules of the conjugate. Fluorescence-guided surgery is used to determine the location and extent of tissue excision.
- a therapeutically effective amount of a second agent may be co-administered with the conjugate or salt thereof.
- the conjugate (or salt thereof) and the second agent may be administered either separately or together in a single composition.
- the second agent may be administered by the same route or a different route. If administered concurrently, the conjugate (or salt thereof) and the second agent may be combined in a single pharmaceutical composition or may be administered concurrently as two pharmaceutical compositions.
- the second agent may be, for example, an antitumor agent or an angiogenesis inhibitor. Representative embodiments are described in the numbered paragraphs below.
- m isl, 2, 3, 4, or 5; n is 1, 2 or 3; one of R 1 and R 4 is alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, -(O)C-R, or -(O)C-O-R, wherein R is alkyl, and the other of R 1 and R 4 is -(CH2) X -L2-R a , where x is an integer > 1, L 2 is a linker moiety or is absent, and R a is 0)N(H)R b , -N(H)C(0)R b ,
- R b is a targeting agent
- R 2 is C(R C )2 wherein each R c independently is H, halo, alkyl, or aryl, or (R 2 ) m collectively is phenyl
- R 3 is -Li-C(0)-X-drug, where Li is a linker moiety or is absent and X is O, N(H), or N(CH 3 );
- R 5 and R 10 independently are H, alkyl, alkoxy, or alkyl sulfonate;
- R 6 -R 9 and R n -R 14 independently are H, alkyl, amino, alkoxy, or alkyl sulfonate; each Y independently is C(R d )2, S, O, Se, or N(R d ) wherein each R d
- each ring A independently is H or alkyl; and each ring A independently is a 6-membered fused aliphatic, heteroaliphatic, aryl, or heteroaryl ring.
- R 15 -R 22 independently are H, alkyl, -N0 2 , -NR e 2, -NR e 3, alkoxy, or sulfonate, wherein each R e independently is H, halo, or alkyl.
- q and r independently are 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5.
- R 1 is lower alkyl and R 4 is -(CH 2 ) X -L 2 -R a wherein R a is -C(0)N(H)R b , -N(H)C(0)R b , -N(H)R b , or -SR b and R b is a targeting agent.
- R 4 is lower alkyl and R 1 is -(CH 2 ) X -L 2 -R a wherein R a is -C(0)N(H)R b , -N(H)C(0)R b , -N(H)R b , or -SR b and R b is a targeting agent.
- a pharmaceutical composition comprising a conjugate according to any one of paragraphs 1-21 wherein R b is a targeting agent and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- R 1 and R 24 are alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, -(O)C-R, or -(O)C-O-R, wherein R is alkyl, and the other of R 1 and R 24 is -(CH 2 ) U -C ⁇ CH where u is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5;
- R 2 is C(R C )2 wherein each R c independently is H, halo, alkyl, or aryl, or (R 2 ) m collectively is phenyl;
- R 5 and R 10 independently are H, alkyl, alkoxy, or alkyl sulfonate;
- R 6 -R 9 and R n -R 14 independently are H, alkyl, amino, alkoxy, or alkyl sulfonate;
- each Y independently is C(R d )2, S, O, Se, or N(R d ) wherein each R d
- R 24 is lower alkyl.
- a method comprising: providing a conjugate according to any one of paragraphs 1- 21, wherein R b is a targeting agent and wherein if Y is C(R d )2, at least one R d is other than H; and subsequently irradiating the conjugate with targeted application of an effective quantity of light having a selected wavelength in the near-infrared range and a selected intensity to induce a cleavage reaction and release the drug from the conjugate.
- irradiating the conjugate with targeted application of light comprises irradiating the conjugate with a laser that produces light having a wavelength of 680-700 nm.
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Medicinal Preparation (AREA)
- Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
Embodiments of near-infrared light-cleavable heptamethine cyanine-based conjugates, particularly targeting agent-drug conjugates, according to Formula (I) or Formula (II) and conjugate precursors are disclosed. The disclosed targeting agent-drug conjugates are useful for targeted delivery and release of a drug. Methods of making and using the conjugates and precursors also disclosed.
Description
NEAR-IR LIGHT-CLEAVABLE CONJUGATES AND CONJUGATE PRECURSORS
CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATION
This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/204,381, filed August 12, 2015, which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.
FIELD
This disclosure concerns conjugates, particularly targeting agent-drug conjugates comprising heptamethine cyanine fluorophores, conjugate precursors, and methods of making and using the conjugates.
BACKGROUND
The recent clinical success of antibody-drug conjugates has validated the benefits of combining macromolecule and small molecule therapeutics. Within this exciting area, a remaining challenge is to identify linker strategies that provide improved cleavage selectivity with site- specific drug delivery. An appealing solution would be to develop antibody-drug cleavage chemistry that relies on an external stimulus which can be applied in a site-specific fashion.
Light in the near-IR range (e.g., 650-900 nm) has unique potential in this context. These wavelengths exhibit significant tissue penetration, minimal toxicity, and, moreover, are clinically validated for both diagnostic and therapeutic applications. Near-IR fluorescence imaging is routine in certain clinical contexts and innovative applications, such as methods to optically define tumor margins during surgery, are being developed. Light-based therapeutic modalities using phototoxic small molecules have an extensive history in the treatment of cancer and skin disorders.
Existing approaches, however, rely on intracellular processes that use endogenous, often enzymatic, reactions with little inherent tumor selectivity. As a consequence, benign tissue uptake of the antibody through either antigen-specific or antigen-independent mechanisms can lead to off- target drug release with resulting dose-limiting toxicities, especially in organs responsible for catabolizing antibody-drug conjugates. Moreover, premature release in circulation can be a significant issue.
SUMMARY
This disclosure concerns embodiments of targeting agent-drug conjugates comprising heptamethine cyanine fluorophores, precursors of the conjugates, and methods of making and using the conjugates and precursors. The targeting agent promotes preferential or targeted delivery of the
drug to a target site. Embodiments of the disclosed conjugates undergo photodegradation when irradiated with near-infrared light, which produces intramolecular cleavage and release of the drug. Advantageously, some embodiments of the conjugates are fluorophores, and fluorescence is lost upon photodegradation and drug release. Embodiments of the disclosed targeting agent-drug conjugates are useful for site-specific delivery and selective activation with concomitant drug release. Fluorescence levels of the administered conjugate may be monitored to visualize the location of the conjugate within a subject and/or as an indicator of drug release.
Targeting agent-drug conjugates and intermediate conjugates comprising a drug and a reactive group have a chemical structure according to Formula I or Formula II, or a
pharmaceuticall acceptable salt thereof:
wherein R3 is a drug-containing moiety and one of R1 and R4 includes a targeting agent or a reactive group suitable for further conjugation to a targeting agent. With reference to Formulas I and II, m isl, 2, 3, 4, or 5; n is 1, 2 or 3;one of R1 and R4 is alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, -(O)C-R, or -(O)C-O-R, wherein R is alkyl, and the other of R1 and R4 is -(CH2)X-L2-Ra, where x is an integer
> 1, L2 is a linker moiety or is absent, and Ra is 0)N(H)Rb, -N(H)C(0)Rb,
-N(H)Rb, or -SRb where Rb is a targeting agent,
R2 is C(RC)2 wherein each Rc independently is H, halo, alkyl, or aryl, or (R2)m collectively is phenyl; R3 is -Li-C(0)-X-drug, where Li is a linker moiety or is absent and X is O, N(H), or N(CH3); R5 and R10 independently are H, alkyl, alkoxy, or alkyl sulfonate; R6-R9 and Rn-R14 independently are H, alkyl, amino, alkoxy, or alkyl sulfonate; each Y independently is C(Rd)2, S, O, Se, or N(Rd) wherein each Rd
independently is H or alkyl; and each ring A independently is a 6-membered fused aliphatic, heteroaliphatic, aryl, or heteroaryl ring. In some embodiments, each Y is C(CH3)2 or each Y is S.
The two heterocycle moieties may be substantially the same or different from one another. In some embodiments, each Y is the same and R5-R9 are identical to R10-R14, respectively. In certain embodiments, R6-R9 and Rn-R14 are H. In any or all of the above embodiments, R5 and R10 may be -(Ct^SOs".
In any or all of the above embodiments, R3 may be
where X is O, N(H), or N(CH3), and R15-R22 independently are H, alkyl, -N02, -NR¾, -NRe 3, alkoxy, or sulfonate, wherein each Re independently is H, halo, or alkyl. In some embodiments,
>^X"Drug
R15-R19 are H. In certain embodiments, R3 is 0 . In any or all of the above embodiments, the drug may be an anti-cancer drug. In one embodiment, the drug is combretastatin A4.
where q and r independently are 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5. In some embodiments, Ra is -N(H)C(0)Rb or -C(0)N(H)Rb and Rb is an antibody. In an independent embodiment, one of R1 and R4 is lower alkyl and the other of R1 and R4 is
-(CH2)X-L2-Ra wherein Ra is -C(0)N(H)Rb, -N(H)C(0)Rb, -N(H)Rb, or -SRb and Rb is a targeting agent. In one embodiment, Rb is panitumumab. In an independent embodiment, Rb is
panitumumab and R3 is -C(0)-0-combretastatin A4.
In any or all of the above embodiments, the conjugate may have a structure according to Formula II. In one embodiment, ring A is a fused heteroaryl ring including one nitrogen atom. In an independent embodiment, ring A is substituted with optionally substituted sulfonate. In another independent embodiment, ring A is a fused phenyl ring.
A pharmaceutical composition comprises (i) a conjugate according to Formula I or Formula II wherein Rb is a targeting agent, and (ii) a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
Embodiments of precursor compounds for preparing the disclosed targeting agent-drug con ugates have a chemical structure according to Formula III or IV, or a salt thereof:
wherein R23 is a protecting group and one of R1 and R24 is an alkynyl group. With respect to Formulas III and IV, m, n, R2, R5-R14, Y, and ring A are as previously defined; one of R1 and R24 is alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, -(O)C-R, or -(O)C-O-R, wherein R is alkyl, and the other of R1 and R24 is -(CH2)u-C≡CH where u is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5; and R23 is a protecting group. In some embodiments, the protecting group is i<?ri-butyloxycarbonyl (BOC) or 9-fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl (FMOC). In certain embodiments, one of R1 and R24 is lower alkyl and the other of R1 and R24 is
A method of using a conjugate as disclosed herein includes providing a conjugate according to Formula I or II, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Rb is a targeting agent and wherein if Y is C(Rd)2, at least one Rd is other than H, and subsequently irradiating the conjugate with targeted application of an effective quantity of light having a selected wavelength in the near- infrared range and a selected intensity to induce a cleavage reaction and release the drug from the conjugate. In some embodiments, irradiating the conjugate with targeted application of light comprises irradiating the conjugate with a laser that produces light having a wavelength of 680- 700 nm. In any or all of the above embodiments, the method may further include monitoring a level of fluorescence of the conjugate, and ceasing irradiation when the level of fluorescence falls below a target level.
In any or all of the above embodiments, the method may include (i) providing a biological sample including, or suspected of including, a target molecule; (ii) contacting the biological sample with the conjugate, wherein the targeting agent of the conjugate is capable of recognizing and binding to the target molecule; and (iii) subsequently irradiating the biological sample with the targeted application of light.
In any or all of the above embodiments, the method may further include (i) identifying a subject as having a condition that may be treated with the drug; (ii) administering a therapeutically effective amount of the conjugate or a pharmaceutical composition comprising the conjugate to the subject; and (iii) subsequently irradiating the conjugate by targeted application of an effective quantity of light having a wavelength in the near-infrared range and a selected intensity to a targeted portion of the subject, thereby releasing the drug from at least some molecules of the conjugate. In some embodiments, the subject has a tumor and the targeted portion of the subject includes an area proximate a location of the tumor. In any or all of the above embodiments, the effective quantity of light applied to the targeted portion may be from 10-250 J/cm2.
The foregoing and other objects, features, and advantages of the invention will become more apparent from the following detailed description, which proceeds with reference to the accompanying figures.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
The patent or application file contains at least one drawing executed in color. Copies of this patent or patent application publication with color drawing(s) will be provided by the Office upon request and payment of the necessary fee.
FIG. 1 is a reaction scheme showing photo-induced cleavage of a drug from an exemplary targeting agent-drug conjugate as disclosed.
FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram illustrating one embodiment of a method for using the disclosed targeting agent-drug conjugates to treat a subject having a tumor by injection of the conjugate followed by targeted delivery of light of a desired wavelength to the external surface of the skin.
FIG. 3 shows the formation of two constitutional isomers that occurred upon quenching trifluoroacetic acid-mediated Boc deprotection of a precursor compound and acylation with combretastatin A4-chloroformate.
FIG. 4 is absorption spectra of a panitumumab-combretastatin A4 conjugate (CY-Pan-CA4) and a panitumumab-phenol conjugate (CY-Pan-Phenol).
FIGS. 5A and 5B show SDS-PAGE analysis of CY-Pan-CA4 and CY-Pan-Phenol with Coomassie blue staining (FIG. 4A) or fluorescence (FIG. 4B).
FIG. 6 is a diagram showing the formation of CY-Pan-CA4 and the yield of free CA4 in the presence and absence of 690 nm irradiation (50 J).
FIG. 7 shows initial absorption and emission curves (690 nm excitation) for CY-Pan-CA4.
FIG. 8 shows fluorescence emission over time of CY-Pan-CA4 with 690 nm irradiation.
FIG. 9 is an HPLC calibration curve for CA4.
FIG. 10 shows HPLC chromatograms at 300 nm of CA4 (upper panel), photolysis of CY- Pan-CA4 at t = 18h (middle panel), and a dark control of Cy-Pan-CA4 at t = 18 h (lower panel).
FIG. 11 shows confocal microscopy images of live MDA-MG-468 (panels 1-3) and MCF-7 (panels 4-6) cells treated with Hoechst 3342 (1 μΜ) and CY-Pan-CA4 (100 nm). Panels 1 and 4 are fluorescence emission from Hoechst 3342; panels 2 and 5 are fluorescence emission from CY- Pan-CA4; panels 3 and 6 are differential interference contrast images.
FIG. 12 shows flow cytometric analysis of live MDA-MB-468 and MCF-7 cells treated with 100 nM CY-Pan-CA4.
FIG. 13 is a graph showing light-dependent (690 nm, 30 J) cytotoxicity of CY-Pan-CA4, CA4, and Pan against MDA-MB-468 cells (continuous dose).
FIG. 14 is a bar graph showing light-dependent (690 nm, 30 J) cytotoxicity of internalized CY-Pan-CA4, CA4, and Pan against MDA-MB-468 and MCF-7 cells (media exchange).
FIGS. 15A and 15B are in vivo serial fluorescence images of CY-Pan-CA4 in A432-tumor- bearing mice (right dorsum) taking from the ventral (15A) and dorsal (16B) sides.
FIGS. 16A and 16B are graphs showing raw fluorescence intensity (16A) and tumor-to- background ratio (16B) of CY-Pan-CA4 in the tumor and liver of A432-tumor-bearing mice (right dorsum) as a function of time post-injection. Error bars represent the standard deviation of n = 5 mice.
FIG. 17 shows in vivo serial fluorescence images of A431 tumors (implanted in both sides of the dorsum) pre- and post-irradiation with various doses of near-IR light at 2 days post-injection of CY-Pan-CA4, and a graph of tumor-to-background ratio versus near-IR light dose (first bar in each pair = irradiated; second bar in each pair = not irradiated). Only the right tumor was irradiated; the left tumor was covered with aluminum foil. DETAILED DESCRIPTION
This disclosure concerns embodiments of targeting agent-drug conjugates comprising heptamethine cyanine fluorophores, precursors of the conjugates, and methods of making and using the conjugates and precursors. A near-IR uncaging strategy uses the heptamethine cyanine fluorophore scaffold as the caging component. Irradiation with an effective quantity of near- infrared light induces cleavage of the drug from the targeting agent-drug conjugate.
This approach allows target- specific delivery of bioactive small molecules using near-IR optical tools already employed in various clinical settings. An advantageous feature is that the fluorescent properties of the conjugate can be used to evaluate targeting agent-target engagement. Moreover, following administration of therapeutic light doses, the loss of that signal allows real- time assessment of drug release.
Certain embodiments of the disclosed conjugates comprise an antibody and an anti-cancer agent, and are useful for site-specific delivery of the anti-cancer agent to a tumor. By separating the drug payload release process from cellular internalization, the extracellular targeting agent-drug conjugate fraction will release the drug cargo into the local tumor environment. Advantageously, this localized release should effectively transfer molecules from antigen-positive cells to adjacent antigen-negative cells achieving bystander effects, which can be critical for therapeutic efficacy.
I. Definitions
The following explanations of terms and abbreviations are provided to better describe the
present disclosure and to guide those of ordinary skill in the art in the practice of the present disclosure. As used herein, "comprising" means "including" and the singular forms "a" or "an" or "the" include plural references unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. The term "or" refers to a single element of stated alternative elements or a combination of two or more elements, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.
Unless explained otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood to one of ordinary skill in the art to which this disclosure belongs. Although methods and materials similar or equivalent to those described herein can be used in the practice or testing of the present disclosure, suitable methods and materials are described below. The materials, methods, and examples are illustrative only and not intended to be limiting. Other features of the disclosure are apparent from the following detailed description and the claims.
Unless otherwise indicated, all numbers expressing quantities of components, molecular weights, percentages, temperatures, times, and so forth, as used in the specification or claims are to be understood as being modified by the term "about." Accordingly, unless otherwise indicated, implicitly or explicitly, the numerical parameters set forth are approximations that may depend on the desired properties sought and/or limits of detection under standard test conditions/methods. When directly and explicitly distinguishing embodiments from discussed prior art, the embodiment numbers are not approximates unless the word "about" is recited.
Definitions of common terms in chemistry may be found in Richard J. Lewis, Sr. (ed.),
Hawley's Condensed Chemical Dictionary, published by John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1997 (ISBN 0- 471-29205-2). Definitions of common terms in molecular biology may be found in Benjamin Lewin, Genes VII, published by Oxford University Press, 2000 (ISBN 019879276X); Kendrew et al. (eds.), The Encyclopedia of Molecular Biology, published by Blackwell Publishers, 1994 (ISBN 0632021829); and Robert A. Meyers (ed.), Molecular Biology and Biotechnology: a
Comprehensive Desk Reference, published by Wiley, John & Sons, Inc., 1995 (ISBN 0471186341); and other similar references.
In order to facilitate review of the various embodiments of the disclosure, the following explanations of specific terms are provided:
Aliphatic: A substantially hydrocarbon-based compound, or a radical thereof (e.g., C6Hi3, for a hexane radical), including alkanes, alkenes, alkynes, including cyclic versions thereof, and further including straight- and branched-chain arrangements, and all stereo and position isomers as well. Unless expressly stated otherwise, an aliphatic group contains from one to twenty-five carbon atoms; for example, from one to fifteen, from one to ten, from one to six, or from one to four
carbon atoms. The term "lower aliphatic" refers to an aliphatic group containing from one to ten carbon atoms. An aliphatic chain may be substituted or unsubstituted. Unless expressly referred to as an "unsubstituted aliphatic," an aliphatic group can either be unsubstituted or substituted. An aliphatic group can be substituted with one or more substituents (up to two substituents for each methylene carbon in an aliphatic chain, or up to one substituent for each carbon of a -C=C- double bond in an aliphatic chain, or up to one substituent for a carbon of a terminal methine group).
Exemplary substituents include, but are not limited to, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, alkylthio, acyl, aldehyde, amide, amino, aminoalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, carboxyl, cyano, cycloalkyl, dialkylamino, halo, haloaliphatic, heteroaliphatic, heteroaryl, heterocycloaliphatic, hydroxyl, oxo, sulfonamide, sulfhydryl, thioalkoxy, or other functionality.
Alkoxy: A group having the structure -OR, where R is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl. Methoxy (-OCH3) is an exemplary alkoxy group. In a substituted alkoxy, R is alkyl substituted with a non-interfering substituent.
Alkoxy carbonyl: A group having the structure -(O)C-O-R, where R is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl.
Alkyl: A hydrocarbon group having a saturated carbon chain. The chain may be branched, unbranched, or cyclic (cycloalkyl). The term lower alkyl means the chain includes 1-10 carbon atoms. Unless otherwise specified, the term alkyl encompasses substituted and unsubstituted alkyl.
Alkyl carbonyl: A group having the structure -(O)C-R, where R is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl.
Alkyl sulfonate: A group having the structure -R-SO3", where R is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl.
Amino: A group having the structure -N(R)R' where R and R' are independently hydrogen, haloalkyl, aliphatic, heteroaliphatic, aryl (such as optionally substituted phenyl or benzyl), heteroaryl, alkylsulfano, or other functionality. A "primary amino" group is -NH2.
"Mono-substituted amino" means a radical -N(H)R substituted as above and includes, e.g., methylamino, (l-methylethyl)amino, phenylamino, and the like. "Di-substituted amino" means a radical -N(R)R' substituted as above and includes, e.g., dimethylamino, methylethylamino, di(l-methylethyl)amino, and the like. The term amino also encompasses charged tri-substituted amino groups, e.g. , -N(R)(R')R"+ where R, R', and R" are independently hydrogen, haloalkyl, aliphatic, heteroaliphatic, aryl (such as optionally substituted phenyl or benzyl), heteroaryl, alkylsulfano, or other functionality.
Antibody: A protein (or protein complex) that includes one or more polypeptides substantially encoded by immunoglobulin genes or fragments of immunoglobulin genes. The
recognized immunoglobulin genes include the kappa, lambda, alpha, gamma, delta, epsilon, and mu constant region genes, as well as the myriad of immunoglobulin variable region genes. Light chains are classified as either kappa or lambda. Heavy chains are classified as gamma, mu, alpha, delta, or epsilon, which in turn define the immunoglobulin classes, IgG, IgM, IgA, IgD and IgE, respectively. In avian and reptilian species, IgY antibodies are equivalent to mammalian IgG.
The basic immunoglobulin (antibody) structural unit is generally a tetramer. Each tetramer is composed of two identical pairs of polypeptide chains, each pair having one "light" (about 25 kDa) and one "heavy" (about 50-70 kDa) chain. The N-terminus of each chain defines a variable region of about 100 to 110 or more amino acids primarily responsible for antigen recognition. The terms "variable light chain" (VL) and "variable heavy chain" (VH) refer, respectively, to these light and heavy chains.
The structure of IgY antibodies is similar to the structure of mammalian IgG, with two heavy ("nu" chains; approximately 67-70 kDa) and two light chains (22-30 kDa). The molecular weight of an IgY molecule is about 180 kDa, but it often runs as a smear on gels due to the presence of about 3% carbohydrate. Heavy chains (H) of IgY antibodies are composed of four constant domains and one variable domain, which contains the antigen-binding site.
As used herein, the term "antibodies" includes intact immunoglobulins as well as a number of well-characterized fragments. For instance, Fabs, Fvs, and single-chain Fvs (SCFvs) that bind to target protein (or epitope within a protein or fusion protein) would also be specific binding agents for that protein (or epitope). These antibody fragments are defined as follows: (1) Fab, the fragment which contains a monovalent antigen-binding fragment of an antibody molecule produced by digestion of whole antibody with the enzyme papain to yield an intact light chain and a portion of one heavy chain; (2) Fab', the fragment of an antibody molecule obtained by treating whole antibody with pepsin, followed by reduction, to yield an intact light chain and a portion of the heavy chain; two Fab' fragments are obtained per antibody molecule; (3) (Fab')2, the fragment of the antibody obtained by treating whole antibody with the enzyme pepsin without subsequent reduction; (4) F(ab')2, a dimer of two Fab' fragments held together by two disulfide bonds; (5) Fv, a genetically engineered fragment containing the variable region of the light chain and the variable region of the heavy chain expressed as two chains; and (6) single chain antibody, a genetically engineered molecule containing the variable region of the light chain, the variable region of the heavy chain, linked by a suitable polypeptide linker as a genetically fused single chain molecule. Methods of making these fragments are routine (see, for example, Harlow and Lane, Using Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, CSHL, New York, 1999). As used herein, the term "antibodies" includes antibodies comprising one or more unnatural (i.e., non-naturally occurring) amino acids
(e.g., / acetyl-phenylalanine, p-azidomethyl phenylalanine (pAMF)) to facilitate site-specific conjugation.
Antibodies for use in the methods of this disclosure can be monoclonal or polyclonal, and for example specifically bind a target such as the target antigen. Merely by way of example, monoclonal antibodies can be prepared from murine hybridomas according to the classical method of Kohler and Milstein (Nature 256:495-97, 1975) or derivative methods thereof. Detailed procedures for monoclonal antibody production are described in Harlow and Lane, Using
Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, CSHL, New York, 1999.
Antigen: A compound, composition, or substance that can stimulate the production of antibodies or a T-cell response in an animal, including compositions that are injected or absorbed into an animal. An antigen reacts with the products of specific humoral or cellular immunity, including those induced by heterologous immunogens. As used herein, a "target antigen" is an antigen (including an epitope of the antigen) that is recognized and bound by a targeting agent. "Specific binding" does not require exclusive binding. In some embodiments, the antigen is obtained from a cell or tissue extract. In some embodiments, the target antigen is an antigen on a tumor cell. An antigen need not be a full-length protein. Antigens contemplated for use include any immunogenic fragments of a protein, such as any antigens having at least one epitope that can be specifically bound by an antibody.
Aryl: A monovalent aromatic carbocyclic group of, unless specified otherwise, from 6 to 15 carbon atoms having a single ring (e.g., phenyl) or multiple condensed rings in which at least one ring is aromatic (e.g., quinoline, indole, benzodioxole, and the like), provided that the point of attachment is through an atom of an aromatic portion of the aryl group and the aromatic portion at the point of attachment contains only carbons in the aromatic ring. If any aromatic ring portion contains a heteroatom, the group is a heteroaryl and not an aryl. Aryl groups are monocyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic or tetracyclic. Unless otherwise specified, the term aryl encompasses substituted and unsubstituted aryl.
Biological sample: As used herein, a "biological sample" refers to a sample obtained from a subject (such as a human or veterinary subject) or other type of organism, such as a plant, bacteria or insect. Biological samples from a subject include, but are not limited to, cells, tissue, serum, blood, plasma, urine, saliva, cerebral spinal fluid (CSF) or other bodily fluid. In particular examples of the method disclosed herein, the biological sample is a tissue sample.
Conjugate: Two or more moieties directly or indirectly coupled together. For example, a first moiety may be covalently coupled to a second moiety. Indirect attachment is possible, such as by using a "linker" (a molecule or group of atoms positioned between two moieties).
DMP: Dess-Martin periodinane
Drug: As used herein, the term "drug" refers to a substance which has a physiological effect when administered to a subject, and is intended for use in the treatment, mitigation, cure, prevention, or diagnosis of disease or used to otherwise enhance physical or mental well-being. The term "small molecule drug" refers to a drug having a molecular weight < 1,000 Daltons.
An anti-cancer drug is a drug that is used to treat malignancies. Exemplary anti-cancer drugs include, but are not limited to, abiraterone, actinomycin D, altretamine, amifostine, anastrozole, asparaginase, bexarotene, bicalutamide, bleomycin, buserelin, busulfan, carboplatin, carmustine, chlorambucil cisplatin, cladribine, clodronate, combretastatin A4, cyclophosphamide, cyproterone, cytarabine, dacarbazine, daunorubicin, degarelix, diethylstilbestrol, docetaxel, doxorubicin, duocarmycin DM, epirubicin, ethinyl estradiol, etoposide, exemestane, 5-fluorouracil, fludarabine, flutamide, folinic acid, fulvestrant, gemcitabine, goserelin, ibandronic acid, idarubicin, ifosfamide, irinotecan, lanreotide, lenalidomide, letrozole, leuprorelin, medroxyprogesterone, megestrol, melphalan, mesna, methotrexate, octreotide, pamidronate, pemetrexed, mitocmycin, mitotane, mitoxantrone, oxaliplatin, paclitaxel, pentastatin, pipbroman, plicamycin, procarbazine, raltitrexed, stilbestrol, streptozocin, tamoxifen, temozolomide, teniposide, topotecan, triptorelin, vinblastine, vincristine, vinorelbine, and zolendronic acid.
Effective amount or therapeutically effective amount: An amount sufficient to provide a beneficial, or therapeutic, effect to a subject or a given percentage of subjects.
Epitope: An antigenic determinant. Epitopes are particular chemical groups or contiguous or non-contiguous peptide sequences on a molecule that are antigenic, that is, that elicit a specific immune response. An antibody binds a particular antigenic epitope based on the three dimensional structure of the antibody and the matching (or cognate) epitope.
Halogen: The terms halogen and halo refer to fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, and radicals thereof.
Heteroaliphatic: An aliphatic compound or group having at least one heteroatom, i.e. , one or more carbon atoms has been replaced with an atom having at least one lone pair of electrons, typically nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorus, silicon, or sulfur. Heteroaliphatic compounds or groups may be substituted or unsubstituted, branched or unbranched, cyclic or acyclic, and include "heterocycle", "heterocyclyl", "heterocycloaliphatic", or "heterocyclic" groups.
Heteroalkyl: An alkyl group as defined above containing at least one heteroatom, such as N, O, S, or S(0)n (where n is 1 or 2). Unless otherwise specified, the term heteroalkyl encompasses substituted and unsubstituted heteroalkyl.
Heteroaryl: An aromatic compound or group having at least one heteroatom, i.e. , one or more carbon atoms in the ring has been replaced with an atom having at least one lone pair of electrons, typically nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorus, silicon, or sulfur. Unless otherwise specified, the term heteroaryl encompasses substituted and unsubstituted heteroaryl.
Ligand: A molecule that binds to a receptor, having a biological effect.
Linker: A molecule or group of atoms positioned between two moieties. As used herein, the term "linker" refers to a group of atoms positioned between the cyanine fluorophore and a targeting agent or reactive group, or to a group of atoms positioned between the cyanine fluorophore and a drug.
Near-infrared (near-IR, NIR): Wavelengths within the range of 650-2500 nm. Unless otherwise specified, the terms "near-infrared" and "NIR" as used herein refer to wavelengths within the range of 650-900 nm.
Pharmaceutically acceptable carrier: The pharmaceutically acceptable carriers (vehicles) useful in this disclosure are conventional. Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, The University of the Sciences in Philadelphia, Editor, Lippincott, Williams, & Wilkins, Philadelphia, PA, 21st Edition (2005), describes compositions and formulations suitable for pharmaceutical delivery of one or more targeting agent-drug conjugates as disclosed herein.
In general, the nature of the carrier will depend on the particular mode of administration being employed. For instance, parenteral formulations usually comprise injectable fluids that include pharmaceutically and physiologically acceptable fluids such as water, physiological saline, balanced salt solutions, aqueous dextrose, glycerol or the like as a vehicle. In some examples, the pharmaceutically acceptable carrier may be sterile to be suitable for administration to a subject (for example, by parenteral, intramuscular, or subcutaneous injection). In addition to biologically- neutral carriers, pharmaceutical compositions to be administered can contain minor amounts of non-toxic auxiliary substances, such as wetting or emulsifying agents, preservatives, and pH buffering agents and the like, for example sodium acetate or sorbitan monolaurate.
Pharmaceutically acceptable salt: A biologically compatible salt of a disclosed conjugate, which salts are derived from a variety of organic and inorganic counter ions well known in the art and include, by way of example only, sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, ammonium, tetraalkylammonium, and the like; and when the molecule contains a basic functionality, salts of organic or inorganic acids, such as hydrochloride, hydrobromide, tartrate, mesylate, acetate,
maleate, oxalate, and the like. Pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts are those salts that retain the biological effectiveness of the free bases while formed by acid partners that are not biologically or otherwise undesirable, e.g., inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like, as well as organic acids such as acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, propionic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvic acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, salicylic acid and the like. Pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts include those derived from inorganic bases such as sodium, potassium, lithium, ammonium, calcium, magnesium, iron, zinc, copper, manganese, aluminum salts and the like. Exemplary salts are the ammonium, potassium, sodium, calcium, and magnesium salts. Salts derived from pharmaceutically acceptable organic non-toxic bases include, but are not limited to, salts of primary, secondary, and tertiary amines, substituted amines including naturally occurring substituted amines, cyclic amines and basic ion exchange resins, such as isopropylamine, trimethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, tripropylamine, ethanolamine, 2-dimethylaminoethanol, 2-diethylaminoethanol, dicyclohexylamine, lysine, arginine, histidine, caffeine, procaine, hydrabamine, choline, betaine, ethylenediamine, glucosamine, methylglucamine, theobromine, purines, piperazine, piperidine, N-ethylpiperidine, polyamine resins, and the like. Exemplary organic bases are isopropylamine, diethylamine, ethanolamine, trimethylamine, dicyclohexylamine, choline, and caffeine. (See, for example, S. M. Berge, et al., "Pharmaceutical Salts," J. Pharm. Sci., 1977; 66:1-19, which is incorporated herein by reference.)
Protecting group: When synthesizing organic compounds, often a specific functional group cannot survive the required reagents or chemical environments. These groups must be protected. A protecting group, or protective group, is introduced into a molecule by chemical modification of a functional group in order to obtain chemoselectivity in a subsequent chemical reaction. Various exemplary protecting or protective groups are disclosed in Greene's Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, by Peter G. M. Wuts and Theodora W. Greene (October 30, 2006), which is incorporated herein by reference.
Specific binding partner: A member of a pair of molecules that interact by means of specific, non-covalent interactions that depend on the three-dimensional structures of the molecules involved. Exemplary pairs of specific binding partners include antigen/antibody, hapten/antibody, receptor/ligand, nucleic acid strand/complementary nucleic acid strand, substrate/enzyme, inhibitor/enzyme, carbohydrate/lectin, biotin/avidin (such as biotin/streptavidin), and virus/cellular receptor.
Substituent: An atom or group of atoms that replaces another atom in a molecule as the result of a reaction. The term "substituent" typically refers to an atom or group of atoms that replaces a hydrogen atom, or two hydrogen atoms if the substituent is attached via a double bond, on a parent hydrocarbon chain or ring. The term "substituent" may also cover groups of atoms having multiple points of attachment to the molecule, e.g. , the substituent replaces two or more hydrogen atoms on a parent hydrocarbon chain or ring. In such instances, the substituent, unless otherwise specified, may be attached in any spatial orientation to the parent hydrocarbon chain or ring. Exemplary substituents include, for instance, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, alkylamino, alkylthio, acyl, aldehyde, amido, amino, aminoalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, arylamino, carbonate, carboxyl, cyano, cycloalkyl, dialkylamino, halo, haloaliphatic (e.g. , haloalkyl), haloalkoxy, heteroaliphatic, heteroaryl, heterocycloaliphatic, hydroxyl, isocyano, isothiocyano, oxo, sulfonamide, sulfhydryl, thio, and thioalkoxy groups.
Substituted: A fundamental compound, such as an aryl or aliphatic compound, or a radical thereof, having coupled thereto one or more substituents, each substituent typically replacing a hydrogen atom on the fundamental compound. Solely by way of example and without limitation, a substituted aryl compound may have an aliphatic group coupled to the closed ring of the aryl base, such as with toluene. Again solely by way of example and without limitation, a long-chain hydrocarbon may have a hydroxyl group bonded thereto.
Sulfonate-containing group: A group including SO3". The term sulfonate-containing group includes -SO3" and -RSO3" groups, where R is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
Target: An intended molecule to which a disclosed targeting agent-drug conjugate is capable of specifically binding. Examples of targets include proteins and nucleic acid sequences present in tissue samples. A target area is an area in which a target molecule is located or potentially located.
Targeting agent: An agent that promotes preferential or targeted delivery to a target site, for example, a targeted location in a subject's body, such as a specific organ, organelle, physiologic system, tissue, or site of pathology such as a tumor, area of infection, or area of tissue injury.
Targeting agents function by a variety of mechanisms, such as selective concentration in a target site or by binding to a specific binding partner. Suitable targeting agents include, but are not limited to, proteins, polypeptides, peptides, glycoproteins and other glycoslyated molecules, oligonucleotides, phospholipids, lipoproteins, alkaloids, and steroids. Exemplary targeting agents include antibodies, antibody fragments, affibodies, aptamers, albumin, cytokines, lymphokines,
growth factors, hormones, enzymes, immune modulators, receptor proteins, antisense oligonucleotides, avidin, nano particles, and the like. Particularly useful of targeting agents are antibodies, nucleic acid sequences, and receptor ligands, although any pair of specific binding partners can be readily employed for this purpose.
II. Conjugates
Conjugates comprising a heptamethine cyanine fluorophore, a drug, and a targeting agent or a reactive group suitable for further conjugation have a chemical structure according to Formula I or Formula II, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
With respect to Formulas I and II, m isl, 2, 3, 4, or 5; n is 1, 2 or 3; one of R1 and R4 is alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, -(O)C-R, or -(O)C-O-R, wherein R is alkyl, and the other of R1 and R4
R2 is C(RC)2 wherein each Rc independently is H, halo, alkyl, or aryl, or (R2)m collectively is phenyl; R3 is
-Li-C(0)-X-drug, where Li is a linker moiety or is absent and X is O, N(H), or Ν(0¾); R5 and R10 independently are H, alkyl, alkoxy, or alkyl sulfonate; R6-R9 and Rn-R14 independently are H, alkyl, amino, alkoxy, or alkyl sulfonate; each Y independently is C(Rd)2, S, O, Se, or N(Rd) wherein each Rd independently is H or alkyl; and each ring A independently is a 6-membered fused aliphatic, heteroaliphatic, aryl, or heteroaryl ring.
In some embodiments, R2 is -CH2- and m is 1, 2 or 3. In an independent embodiment, (R2)m collectively is phenyl.
The two heterocycle moieties,
and , may be identical or different from one another. In certain embodiments, the two heterocycle moieties are identical. R5 and R10 independently are H, alkyl, alkoxy, or alkyl sulfonate. In some embodiments, R5 and R10 are alkyl sulfonate, such as -(CH2)4S03". R6-R9 and Rn-R14 independently are H, alkyl, amino, alkoxy, or alkyl sulfonate. In certain embodiments, R6-R9 and Rn-R14 are H. Each Y independently is
C(Rd)2, S, O, Se, or N(Rd) wherein each Rd independently is H or alkyl. In some examples, each Y independently is C(CH3)2 or S. In one embodiment, when Rb is a targeting agent and Y is C(Rd)2, at least one Rd is other than H.
In some embodiments, R8 and R9, together with the carbon atoms to which they are bound, collectively form a 6-membered fused aliphatic, heteroaliphatic, aryl, or heteroaryl ring. Similarly, R13 and R14, together with the carbon atoms to which they are bound, collectively may form a 6- membered fused aliphatic, heteroaliphatic, aryl, or heteroaryl ring. These 6-membered fused rings are shown as Ring A in Formula II. In one embodiment, ring A is a 6-membered fused heteroaryl ring with one nitrogen heteroatom. In another embodiment, ring A is a fused phenyl ring. Ring A may be substituted with one or more optionally substituted sulfonate groups.
R3 is -Li-C(0)-X-drug, where Li is a linker moiety or is absent and X is O, N(H), or N(CH3). In one embodiment, Li is absent. In some embodiments, Li is aryl or heteroaryl substituted with at least one substituent comprising a substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic or heteroaliphatic moiety, wherein the aryl or heteroaryl ring is the site of attachment to the nitrogen atom and the substituent is bonded to the -C(0)-X-drug moiety. In certain embodiments, R3 is:
-NRe2, -NRE3, alkoxy, or sulfonate, wherein each Re independently is H, halo, or alkyl. In some examples, R15-R19 are H. In certain embodiments, Li is absent and R3 is -C(0)-0-drug.
The drug can be any drug capable of conjugation to the remainder of the R3 moiety. In some embodiments, the drug is a small-molecule drug, e.g., a drug having a molecular weight < 1,000 Daltons. In certain embodiments, the drug moiety is an anti-cancer drug. In one
embodiment, the drug is an anti-breast cancer drug. In one embodiment, the drug is a combretastatin, such as combretastatin A4 (CA4). CA4 displays potent growth inhibitory activity via inhibition of microtubule polymerization and has been the subject of numerous clinical trials despite significant vascular system-associated toxicity. A targeted strategy to deliver CA4 could alleviate these undesirable side effects. In an independent embodiment, the drug is a duocarmycin, such as duocarmycin DM. The duocarmycins are cytotoxic antibiotics that are DNA minor groove- binding alkylating agents, and are suitable for use against solid tumors. Another exemplary drug is hemiasterlin, a natural product that disrupts microtubule dynamics and, in some doses,
depolymerizes microtubules.
Exemplary -X-Drug moieties include, but are not limited to:
One of R1 and R4 is alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, -(O)C-R, or -(O)C-O-R, wherein R is alkyl. In some embodiments, either R1 or R4 is alkyl, such as lower alkyl. For example, R1 or R4 may be methyl.
1 and R4 is -(CH2)X-L2-Ra, where x is an integer > 1, L2 is absent or a linker
In some embodiments, L2 is aliphatic, heteroaliphatic, or heteroaryl-aliphatic. In one embodiment, Ra is -C(0)N(H)Rb or -N(H)C(0)Rb. In an independent embodiment, Rb is a targeting agent. Exemplary targeting agents include, but are not limited to, antibodies, ligands, nucleic acid strands, and the like. In certain examples, the targeting agent is an antibody. In one embodiment, Ra is -C(0)N(H)Rb or -N(H)C(0)Rb and Rb is an antibody. In an independent embodiment, Rb is a ligand, e.g., a ligand capable of binding to a receptor on a cell surface.
Exemplary antibodies include antibodies capable of recognizing and binding to a target molecule, such as a biomarker associated with a disease, infection, or environmental exposure. The antibodies may be modified antibodies that include one or more unnatural amino acids to facilitate site-specific conjugation. Biomarkers include, but are not limited to, proteins, peptides, lipids, metabolites, and nucleic acids. In some embodiments, the antibody is capable of recognizing and binding to a tumor biomarker, such as a protein only found in or on tumor cells or to a cell-surface receptor associated with one or more cancers. For example, panitumumab is a human monoclonal antibody that recognizes and binds to human epidermal growth factor receptor 1 (HER1); HER1 is overexpressed in numerous tumor types and is also associated with some inflammatory diseases. Brentuximab is a monoclonal antibody that targets a cell-membrane protein CD30, which is expressed in classical Hodgkin lymphoma and systemic anaplastic large cell lymphoma.
Trastuzumab and pertuzumab are monoclonal antibodies that bind to the HER2/neu receptor, which is over-expressed in some breast cancers.
In one embodiment, Rb is panitumumab. In another embodiment, Rb is trastuzumab. In one embodiment, Rb is panitumumab and R3 is -C(0)-0-combretastatin A4. In an independent embodiment, Rb is trastuzumab and R3 is -C(0)-0-duocarmycin DM. In another independent embodiment, Rb is trastuzumab and R3 is -C(0)-X-hemiasterlin, where X is O or N(H).
In an independent embodiment, Ra or Rb i is
and the conjugate according to Formula I or Formula II is an intermediate that may be used for further conjugation reactions, such as conjugation to a targeting agent.
Exemplary RVR4 groups include:
In one embodiment, R1 is alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, -(O)C-R, or -(O)C-O-R, and R4 is -(CH2)x-L2-Ra. In an independent embodiment, R1 is -(CH2)X-L2-Ra and R4 is alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, -(O)C-R, or -(O)C-O-R. In another independent embodiment, R1 is lower alkyl and R4 is -(CH2)X-L2-Ra where Ra is -C(0)N(H)Rb, -N(H)C(0)Rb, -N(H)Rb, or -SRb and Rb is an antibody. In yet another independent embodiment, R4 is lower alkyl and R1 is
-(CH2)X-L2-Ra where Ra is -C(0)N(H)Rb, -N(H)C(0)Rb, -N(H)Rb, or -SRb and Rb is an antibody.
In one embodiment, the conjugate has a structure according to Formula II, and ring A is a heteroaryl ring including one nitrogen atom. In an independent embodiment, the conjugate has a structure according to Formula II, and ring A is substituted with optionally substituted sulfonate. In another independent embodiment, conjugate has a structure according to Formula II, and ring A is a fused phenyl ring.
As shown in FIG. 1 with an exemplary antibody-drug conjugate, embodiments of the disclosed conjugates undergo photodegradation when irradiated with near-IR light, which uncages the C4'-nitrogen and renders C4'-N bond hydrolytically labile. Subsequently, the irradiation induces cyclization of the uncaged amine onto a pendant carbamate group and hydrolysis to release the drug payload. The photodegradation involves a singlet oxygen-mediated regioselective cyanine polyene cleavage process that proceeds through dioxetane intermediates.
III. Precursor Compounds
Embodiments of a precursor compound useful for making the conjugates according to Formulas I and II have a structure accordin to Formula III or Formula IV, or a salt thereof.
(IV)
With respect to Formulas III and IV, m, n, R2, R5-R14, Y, and ring A are as previously defined; one of R1 and R24 is alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, -(O)C-R, or -(O)C-O-R, wherein R is alkyl, and the other of R1 and R24 is -(CH2)U-C≡CH where u is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5; and R23 is a protecting group. In some embodiments, the protecting group is an amine protecting group. Exemplary amine protecting groups include, but are not limited to, Boc (i<?ri-butyloxycarbonyl) and Fmoc (9-fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl).
R2 is C(RC)2 wherein each Rc independently is H, halo, alkyl, or aryl, or (R2)m collectively is phenyl. In certain embodiments, R2 is -CH2- and m is 1, 2 or 3. In an independent embodiment, (R2)m collectively is phenyl.
R5 and R10 independently are H, alkyl, alkoxy, or alkyl sulfonate. In some embodiments, R5 and R10 are alkyl sulfonate, such as -(CH2)4S03". R6-R9 and Rn-R14 independently are H, alkyl, amino, alkoxy, or alkyl sulfonate. In certain embodiments, R6-R9 and Rn-R14 are H. Each Y independently is C(Rd)2, S, O, Se, or N(Rd) wherein each Rd independently is H or alkyl. In some examples, each Y independently is C(CH3)2 or S. The two heterocycle moieties may be substantially the same or different from one another. In certain embodiments, each Y is the same and R5-R9 are identical to R10-R14, respectively.
In some embodiments, R8 and R9, together with the carbon atoms to which they are bound, collectively form a 6-membered fused aliphatic, heteroaliphatic, aryl, or heteroaryl ring. Similarly, R13 and R14, together with the carbon atoms to which they are bound, collectively may form a 6- membered fused aliphatic, heteroaliphatic, aryl, or heteroaryl ring. These 6-membered fused rings are shown as Ring A in Formula IV. In one embodiment, ring A is a 6-membered fused heteroaryl ring with one nitrogen heteroatom. In another embodiment, ring A is a fused phenyl ring. Ring A may be substituted with one or more optionally substituted sulfonate groups.
In one embodiment, R1 is lower alkyl and R24 is -(CH2)U-C≡CH. In an independent embodiment, R1 is -(CH2)U-C≡CH and R24 is lower alkyl. In certain embodiments, R1 and R24 may
undergo a spontaneous rearrangement (i.e., the substituents switch positions) when R23 is removed during subsequent conjugation of a drug to the precursor compound.
Exemplary precursor molecules include, but are not limited to:
Embodiments of the disclosed conjugates and precursor compounds are synthesized from cyanine fluorophores. An exemplary synthesis of a precursor compound according to Formula III or Formula IV is shown in Scheme 1.
Exemplary compound 1 is commercially available (IR-783, Sigma- Aldrich). A Boc- protected amine 2 is synthesized by reaction of tosyl-pentyne with ethanolamine, followed by reaction with triethylamine and di-i-butyl dicarbonate to provide a protected nitrogen. .i¾- ·' ;.··!·,
2 Steps
The hydroxy group is replaced with a substituted amine by reaction with Dess-Martin periodinane (DMP) followed by reaction with a desired amine, e.g., methylamine.
Compound 1 undergoes C4'-substitution with 2 in high yield (81%) to afford 3 as shown Scheme 1. Removal of Boc and addition of drug to 3 produces 4 (Scheme 2, where R = drug, e. combretastatin A4 as shown).
Scheme 2
Under many conditions, a 1:1 mixture of two distinct N- linked cyanine products is obtained. These products are constitutional isomers comprising the configuration of 4 and an isomer in which the alkynyl and N-linked methyl groups are reversed (i.e., with reference to Formulas III and IV, the alkynyl group is at R1 and the methyl group is at R24). The isomers arise from the intermediate di te formation.
Compound 4 is produced in high yield by deprotection of the Boc group in neat
trifluoroacetic acid, followed by careful aqueous bicarbonate quench at -10 °C, and addition of the
drug to the cooled mixture. In contrast, quenching at room temperature and allowing for equilibration prior to drug addition produces a mixture of the isomers.
A conjugate according to Formula I or Formula II where Rb is a reactive group is prepared by addition of a linker and a reactive group to the drug-functionalized precursor. In one example, an NHS ester 7 is formed by copper-catalyzed cycloaddition of a linker (e.g., azido-PEG4-acid 5), and subsequent transformation of the acid to the NHS ester with TSTU 6 (Ν,Ν,Ν', N'-tetramethyl- 0-(N-succinimidyl)uronium tetrafluoroborate) (Scheme 3).
Scheme 3
A targeting agent is then reacted with 7 to produce a targeting agent-drug conjugate according to Formula I or Formula II. The conjugate is purified, e.g., by size-exclusion chromatography. In some embodiments, the targeting agent is an antibody. In one embodiment, the anti-HERl antibody panitumumab was reacted with 7 to provide a panitumumab- combretastatin A4 conjugate. The NHS ester reacts readily with targeting agents including one or more primary amine groups. A comparable maleimidyl-functionalized compound is useful when the targeting agent includes one or more sulfhydryl groups.
In some embodiments, a dibenzocylooctyne is reacted with the alkynyl group of 4. The targeting agent, e.g., an antibody, is activated with an azide-containing molecule. The
dibenzocylooctyne-functionalized heptamethine cyanine-drug conjugate readily reacts with the azide-functionalized targeting agent to form a stable triazole and produce the targeting agent-drug conjugate according to Formula I or Formula II. Advantageously, the reaction does not require a Cu(I) catalyst. In one embodiment, the targeting agent is trastuzumab and the drug is duocarmycin DM. In another embodiment, the targeting agent is trastuzumab and the drug is hemiasterlin. V. Pharmaceutical Compositions
This disclosure also includes pharmaceutical compositions comprising at least one conjugate as disclosed herein. Some embodiments of the pharmaceutical compositions include a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and at least one conjugate. Useful pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and excipients are known in the art.
The pharmaceutical compositions comprising one or more conjugates may be formulated in a variety of ways depending, for example, on the mode of administration and/or on the location to be imaged. Parenteral formulations may comprise injectable fluids that are pharmaceutically and physiologically acceptable fluid vehicles such as water, physiological saline, other balanced salt solutions, aqueous dextrose, glycerol or the like. Excipients may include, for example, nonionic solubilizers, such as cremophor®, or proteins, such as human serum albumin or plasma
preparations. If desired, the pharmaceutical composition to be administered may also contain nontoxic auxiliary substances, such as wetting or emulsifying agents, preservatives, and pH buffering agents and the like, for example, sodium acetate or sorbitan monolaurate.
The form of the pharmaceutical composition will be determined by the mode of administration chosen. Embodiments of the disclosed pharmaceutical compositions may take a form suitable for virtually any mode of administration, including, for example, topical, ocular, oral, buccal, systemic, nasal, injection, transdermal, rectal, vaginal, etc., or a form suitable for administration by inhalation or insufflation. Generally, embodiments of the disclosed
pharmaceutical compositions will be administered by injection, systemically, or orally.
Useful injectable preparations include sterile suspensions, solutions or emulsions of the active compound(s) in aqueous or oily vehicles. The compositions may also contain formulating agents, such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agent. The formulations for injection may be presented in unit dosage form, e.g., in ampules or in multidose containers, and may contain added preservatives. The composition may take such forms as suspension, solutions or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles, and may contain formulatory agents such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents. For example, parenteral administration may be done by bolus injection or continuous infusion. Alternatively, the conjugate may be in powder form for reconstitution with a suitable vehicle, e.g. sterile water, before use.
Systemic formulations include those designed for administration by injection, e.g., subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, intrathecal or intraperitoneal injection, as well as those designed for transdermal, transmucosal, oral or pulmonary administration.
Oral formulations may be liquid (e.g. , syrups, solutions or suspensions), or solid (e.g. , powder, tablets, or capsules). Oral formulations may be coupled with targeting ligands for crossing the endothelial barrier. Some conjugate formulations may be dried, e.g. , by spray-drying with a disaccharide, to form conjugate powders. Solid compositions prepared by conventional means with pharmaceutically acceptable excipients such as binding agents (e.g., pregelatinised maize starch, polyvinylpyrrolidone or hydroxypropyl methylcellulose); fillers (e.g., lactose, mannitol, microcrystalline cellulose or calcium hydrogen phosphate); lubricants (e.g., magnesium stearate,
talc or silica); disintegrants (e.g. , potato starch or sodium starch glycolate); or wetting agents (e.g. , sodium lauryl sulfate). The tablets may be coated by methods well known in the art with, for example, sugars, films or enteric coatings. Actual methods of preparing such dosage forms are known, or will be apparent, to those skilled in the art.
Liquid preparations for oral administration may take the form of, for example, elixirs, solutions, syrups or suspensions. Such liquid preparations may be prepared by conventional means with pharmaceutically acceptable additives such as suspending agents (e.g., sorbitol syrup, cellulose derivatives or hydrogenated edible fats); emulsifying agents (e.g., lecithin or acacia); nonaqueous vehicles (e.g., almond oil, oily esters, ethyl alcohol, cremophor® or fractionated vegetable oils); and preservatives (e.g., methyl or propyl-p-hydroxybenzoates or sorbic acid). The preparations may also contain buffer salts, preservatives, flavoring, coloring and sweetening agents as appropriate. Preparations for oral administration may be suitably formulated to give controlled release of the fluorophore, as is well known.
For rectal and vaginal routes of administration, the conjugate(s) may be formulated as solutions (for retention enemas) suppositories or ointments containing conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter or other glycerides.
For nasal administration or administration by inhalation or insufflation, the conjugate(s) can be conveniently delivered in the form of an aerosol spray or mist from pressurized packs or a nebulizer with the use of a suitable propellant, e.g., dichlorodifluoromethane,
trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, fluorocarbons, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas. In the case of a pressurized aerosol, the dosage unit may be determined by providing a valve to deliver a metered amount.
Certain embodiments of the pharmaceutical compositions comprising conjugates as described herein may be formulated in unit dosage form suitable for individual administration of precise dosages. The pharmaceutical compositions may, if desired, be presented in a pack or dispenser device which may contain one or more unit dosage forms containing the conjugate. The pack may, for example, comprise metal or plastic foil, such as a blister pack. The pack or dispenser device may be accompanied by instructions for administration. The amount of conjugate administered will depend at least in part on the subject being treated, the target (e.g. , the size, location, and characteristics of a tumor), and the manner of administration, and is known to those skilled in the art. Within these bounds, the formulation to be administered will contain a quantity of the conjugate disclosed herein in an amount effective to provide a therapeutically effective dose of the drug to the subject being treated when the conjugate is irradiated with NIR light to release the drug from the conjugate.
In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition includes a second therapeutic agent other than the conjugate. The second agent may be, for example, an anti-tumor agent or an angiogenesis inhibitor. VI. Photo-induced Cleavage
Embodiments of the disclosed conjugates according to Formula I or Formula II are photoactivated by application of light having a desired wavelength, intensity, and/or surface area to a pre-selected target area for an effective period of time. Photoactivation results in cleavage of the drug from the conjugate. The wavelength is selected within the near-infrared range, e.g. , from 650 nm to 2500 nm, such as from 650-900 nm. In some embodiments, the light source is a laser that produces light having a wavelength of 680-700 nm. Suitable light intensities may range from 1 mW to 750 mW depending on the target site and method of application. Near-infrared light sources can be obtained from commercial sources, including Thorlabs (Newton, NJ), Laser Components, USA (Hudson, NH), ProPhotonix (Salem, NH) and others. In some embodiments, the effective quantity of NIR light is 10-250 J, such as 10-200 J, 10-150 J, or 10-100 J. When irradiating a target area (e.g., an area proximate a tumor), the effective quantity of NIR light may be 10-250 J/cm2, such as 10-200 J/cm2, 10-150 J/cm2, or 10-100 J/cm2.
In some in vivo embodiments, irradiation is performed by external application of light to a targeted area of a subject. NIR light is capable of penetrating transcutaneously into tissue to a depth of several centimeters. In other embodiments, irradiation may be performed by internal application of light, such as by using an endoscope, a fiber optic catheter, or an implantable fluorescence device. Internal application may be used when the target tissue, such as a tumor, is located at a depth that is unsuitable for external light application. For example, an endoscope may be used for light delivery into the lungs, stomach, or bladder.
The surface area for light application is generally selected to include target tissue, e.g. , a tumor or portion of a tumor, or an area of skin external to the target tissue. When targeted application of external light is desired for an in vivo biological sample, the surface area can be controlled by use of an appropriate light applicator, such as a micro-lens, a Fresnel lens, or a diffuser arrangement. For targeted internal light application, a desired endoscope or fiber optic catheter diameter can be selected. In some applications, an indwelling catheter filled with a light scattering solution may be internally placed proximate the target tissue, and an optical fiber light source may be inserted into the catheter (see, e.g. , Madsen et al , Lasers in Surgery and Medicine 2001, 29, 406-412).
Irradiation is performed for a period of time sufficient to deliver an amount of irradiation effective to induce cleavage of the drug from at least some molecules of the conjugate. In some embodiments, the effective amount of irradiation is at least 10 J/cm2, such as at least 30 J/cm2, at least 50 J/cm2, or at least 100 J/cm2. Effective amounts of irradiation may range from 10- 250 J/cm2, such as from 30-100 J/cm2.
VII. Methods of Use
Conjugates according to Formula I or Formula II are suitable for in vivo, ex vivo, or in vitro use. In some embodiments, when Rb is a targeting agent and Y is C(Rd)2, then at least one Rd is other than H. The conjugate is irradiated with targeted application of an effective quantity of light having a selected wavelength in the near-infrared range and a selected intensity to induce a cleavage reaction and release the drug from at least some molecules of the conjugate. For example, drug may be released from at least 10%, at least 20% at least 40%, at least 60%, or at least 80% of the conjugate molecules when the conjugate is irradiated with an effective quantity of light. In some embodiments, from 10-100% of the drug is released, such as from 20-100%, from 40-100%, from 60-100%, or from 80-100%. In one embodiment, the conjugate is evaluated in the absence of a biological sample to confirm that the particular conjugate will undergo photodegradation when irradiated with near-IR light.
A fluorescence level of the conjugate may be monitored during irradiation, and irradiation may be ceased when the fluorescence level falls below a target level. Fluorescence decreases as drug is released from the conjugate. Thus, the fluorescence level might be monitored to determine when a desired or sufficient proportion of the conjugate has undergone cleavage and drug release.
A biological sample may be contacted in vivo, ex vivo, or in vitro with the conjugate according to Formula I or Formula II. Following contact with the conjugate, the biological sample is irradiated with near-IR radiation to induce a cleavage reaction and release the drug from the conjugate. In some embodiments, a period of time is allowed to lapse between administration of the conjugate and application of near-IR radiation, thereby providing time for the conjugate to accumulate at and bind to the target site. The period of time may be several hours to several days, such as from 1-7 days or from 12 hours-2 days.
In some embodiments, the conjugate according to Formula I or II comprises a targeting agent capable of recognizing and binding directly or indirectly, in vitro, in vivo, or ex vivo, to a target (e.g. , an antigen or a receptor) present or suspected of being present in the biological sample. In one embodiment, the biological sample is visualized under conditions suitable to produce near- IR fluorescence if the conjugate is present in the biological sample. Fluorescence also confirms
presence of the target in the biological sample. Excess unbound conjugate may be removed from the biological sample (e.g. , by washing a tissue sample) prior to visualizing the sample to detect fluorescence.
In one non-limiting example, a biological sample (e.g. , a tissue sample) that may comprise a target is contacted with a conjugate according to Formula I or II comprising an antibody capable of recognizing and binding to the target. In another non-limiting example, a biological sample that may comprise a target is combined with a first antibody capable of recognizing and binding to the target; subsequently, the biological sample is contacted with a conjugate comprising an anti- antibody antibody. In another non-limiting example, the biological sample is contacted with a conjugate comprising a ligand capable of binding to a receptor. For instance, substituent Rb may be a receptor ligand capable of binding to a receptor on a cell surface.
In some embodiments, a subject is identified as having a condition that may be treated with a drug. A therapeutically effective amount of a conjugate according to Formula I or II comprising the drug or a pharmaceutical composition comprising the conjugate is administered to the subject. A therapeutically effective amount of the conjugate is an amount sufficient to release a
therapeutically effective dose of the drug when irradiated by targeted application of an effective quantity of light having a wavelength in the near-infrared range and a selected intensity to a targeted portion of the subject. In certain embodiments, the light source provides light with a wavelength of 680-700 nm and an intensity of 300-700 mW/cm2. In one embodiment, the light has a wavelength of 690 nm and an intensity of 500 mW/cm2. The effective amount may range from 10-250 J/cm2, such as from 10-100 J/cm2, or 30-100 J/cm2.
In one embodiment, the subject has a tumor and a conjugate according to Formula I or II comprises a targeting agent capable of recognizing and binding to an antigen or ligand-binding receptor of the tumor. Suitable tumors include, but are not limited to, solid tumor masses, such as intraperitoneal tumors (e.g., ovarian, prostate, colorectal), breast tumors, or head/neck tumors. The targeting agent may be, for example, an antibody that recognizes and binds to the tumor antigen. A therapeutically effective amount of the conjugate, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition comprising the conjugate, is administered to the subject by any suitable means including, but not limited to, parenteral, intravenous, subcutaneous, oral, rectal, vaginal, or topical administration. The administered conjugate is irradiated by targeted application of NIR light to an area proximate a location of the tumor. For example, with reference to FIG. 2, a subject 100 with a tumor 110 may be treated with a conjugate comprising an anti-tumor drug and an antibody or ligand capable of recognizing and binding to an antigen or receptor on a tumor cell
surface. Administration of the conjugate to the subject may impair growth of the tumor and/or cause tumor regression.
In certain embodiments, prior to targeted application of NIR light, the administered conjugate is visualized by exposing the tumor to light having a wavelength suitable for exciting the cyanine fluorophore, thereby inducing fluorescence and visualizing the tumor. In some examples, the tumor site is exposed by surgical incision prior to exposing the tumor to light. The tumor is excised using the area of fluorescence as guidance. Remaining conjugate and/or tumor tissue is then be irradiated by targeted application of NIR light as described above to release the drug and treat any non-excised cancerous tissue.
In the example shown in FIG. 2, the conjugate 120 is administered via intravenous injection. A period of time is allowed to elapse during which the conjugate preferentially accumulates at the tumor site as the antibody or ligand moiety binds to the tumor. A target portion of the subject subsequently is selectively irradiated with an effective amount of NIR light energy of a desired wavelength using an external light applicator 130. The light applicator 130 applies the photoactivation energy to a target area limited to the region of the tumor 110, thereby selectively inducing cleavage of the conjugate molecules in and around the tumor 110 and targeting delivery of the anti-tumor drug released from the conjugate.
A therapeutically effective amount of a second agent may be co-administered with the conjugate or salt thereof. The conjugate (or salt thereof) and the second agent may be administered either separately or together in a single composition. The second agent may be administered by the same route or a different route. If administered concurrently, the conjugate (or salt thereof) and the second agent may be combined in a single pharmaceutical composition or may be administered concurrently as two pharmaceutical compositions. The second agent may be, for example, an antitumor agent or an angiogenesis inhibitor.
In another embodiment, an in vitro or ex vivo evaluation may be performed to determine whether a targeting agent-drug conjugate according to Formula I or II will effectively bind to a tissue sample obtained from a subject having, or suspected of having, a condition that may be treated or ameliorated by the drug and/or to determine whether the drug may be effective for the subject's condition. The conjugate comprises a drug and a moiety at Rb thought to be capable of binding to or associating with the target molecule. In one non-limiting example, Rb is a receptor ligand or antibody capable of binding to a target receptor. The conjugate is combined with the tissue sample, and the sample is subsequently irradiated with an effective amount of near-IR light. In one embodiment, the tissue sample is washed to remove excess, unbound conjugate, and fluorescence of the tissue sample is assessed. Fluorescence indicates that the conjugate has bound
to the tissue sample. Following irradiation with near-IR light, fluorescence may again be assessed. A decrease in (or cessation of) fluorescence indicates release of the drug. The drug's efficacy also may be assessed, e.g., by assessing cytotoxicity.
Embodiments of conjugates according to Formula I or Formula II wherein Rb comprises a succinimidyl or maleimidyl group are suitable for customized conjugation to a targeting agent of choice. In one non-limiting example, a tumor sample is obtained from a subject, and a conjugate comprising a drug that may be effective against the tumor is selected. An antibody that specifically recognizes and binds to an antigen on the tumor is prepared by methods known to one of ordinary skill in the art. The prepared antibody is then reacted with Rb of the selected conjugate to provide a customized conjugate suitable for administration to the subject.
Precursor compounds according to Formula III or Formula IV are suitable for customized conjugation to a selected drug and a selected targeting agent. In one embodiment, the precursor compound is used by a pharmaceutical company to develop a conjugate having a desired combination of drug and targeting agent. In another embodiment, the precursor compound is used by a researcher or clinician to develop conjugates having desired combinations of drugs and targeting agents useful for research purposes or for developing a customized conjugate for treating a subject.
VIII. Kits
Kits are also a feature of this disclosure. Embodiments of the kits include at least one conjugate according to general Formula I or II or a precursor compound according to general Formula III or IV. In one embodiment, the kit includes a conjugate according to Formula I or II wherein Rb is a targeting agent, e.g. , an antibody. In another embodiment, the kit includes an intermediate compound wherein Ra or Rb is
and the kit may be used to prepare a further conjugate comprising a desired targeting agent, wherein the targeting agent is capable of reacting with the intermediate compound to provide a conjugate comprising the targeting agent. In yet another embodiment, the kit includes a precursor compound according to Formula III or Formula IV, and the kit is used to prepare a conjugate having a desired targeting agent and a desired drug.
In some embodiments, the kits also include at least one solution in which the conjugate or precursor compound may be dissolved or suspended. The kits also may include one or more
containers, such as a disposable test tube or cuvette. The kits may further include instructions for using the conjugate according to Formula I or II, for forming a further conjugate with a desired targeting agent if Rb is a reactive group, and/or for preparing a conjugate comprising a desired targeting agent and a desired drug from the precursor compound according to Formula III or IV. In some embodiments, the kits further include reagents suitable for conjugating the compound according to Formula I, II, III, or IV to a targeting agent and/or for conjugate the compound according to Formula III or IV to a drug.
In some embodiments of the kits, the conjugate or precursor compound is provided as a solid, and the solution is provided in liquid form. In one embodiment, the solution is suitable for dissolving a conjugate according to Formula I or II so that the dissolved conjugate may be administered to a subject or so that a dissolved conjugate wherein Rb is a reactive group (an intermediate compound comprising a drug and a reactive group) may be conjugated to a targeting agent. In an independent embodiment, the solution is suitable for dissolving a precursor compound according to Formula III or IV for subsequent conjugation to a drug and/or targeting agent. The solution may be provided at a concentration suitable for the intended use.
Alternatively, the solution may be provided as a concentrated solution, which is subsequently diluted prior to use. In certain embodiments, the conjugate or precursor compound is premeasured into one or more containers (e.g. , test tubes or cuvettes). IX. Examples
General Materials and Methods. Unless stated otherwise, reactions were conducted in oven- dried glassware under an atmosphere of nitrogen or argon using anhydrous solvents (passed through activated alumina columns). All commercially obtained reagents were used as received. Azido-PEG4-acid 5 was purchased from Aurum Pharmatech, Inc. (Howell, New Jersey). (∑)- Combretastatin A4 and IR-783 were purchased from Sigma- Aldrich. Flash column
chromatography was performed using normal phase silica gel (60 A, 230-400 mesh, RediSep® Normal-phase Silica Flash Columns) or reversed phase (100 A, 20-40 micron particle size, RediSep® Rf Gold® Reversed-phase C18) on a CombiFlash® Rf 200i (Teledyne Isco, Inc.).
Analytical LC/MS was performed using a Shimadzu LCMS-2020 Single Quadrupole utilizing a Kinetex 2.6 μηι C18 100 A (2.1 x 50 mm) column obtained from Phenomenex Inc. Runs employed a gradient of 0→90% MeOH/0.1 % aqueous formic acid over 4.5 minutes at a flow rate of
0.2 niL/min. ¾ NMR and 13C NMR spectra were recorded on Varian and Bruker spectrometers (at 400 or 500 MHz or at 100 or 125 MHz) and are reported relative to deuterated solvent signals. Data for ¾ NMR spectra are reported as follows: chemical shift (δ ppm), multiplicity, coupling
constant (Hz), and integration. Data for 13C NMR spectra are reported in terms of chemical shift. IR spectra were recorded on a Varian 640-IR spectrometer and are reported in terms of frequency of absorption (cm 1). Absorption curves for quantum yield measurements were performed on a Shimadzu UV-2550 spectrophotometer operated by UVProbe 2.32 software. Fluorescence traces and quantum yield measurements were recorded on a PTI QuantaMaster steady-state
spectrofluorimeter operated by FelixGX 4.2.2 software, with 5 nm excitation and emission slit widths, 0.1 s integration rate, and enabled emission correction. Data analysis and curve fitting were performed using MS Excel 2011 and GraphPad Prism 6. Light intensity measurements were performed with a Thorlabs PM200 optical power and energy meter fitted with an S120VC standard Si photodiode power sensor (200 - 1100 nm, 50 nW - 50 mW). Flow cytometry was performed at the CCR Flow Cytometry Core (NCI- Frederick) and microscopy was performed at the Optical Microscopy and Analysis Laboratory (NCI-Frederick). See JOC Standard Abbreviations and Acronyms for abbreviations (http://pubs.acs.org/userimages/ContentEditor/1218717864819/ j oceah_abbreviations .pdf) .
Example 1
(S3): A round bottom flask was charged with tosyl-pentyne SI (10 g, 42 mmol) and immersed in a room temperature water bath (Hugenberg et al , J. Med. Chem. 2013, 56:6858). Ethanolamine (15 mL, 248 mmol) was added slowly in one portion and the reaction was stirred neat for 3 hours at room temperature. The reaction was then diluted with water (100 mL) and brine (100 mL) and extracted with diethyl ether (10 x 75 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated to afford 5 grams of crude S2 (-80% by *H NMR analysis), which was used directly in the next step. To a solution of crude S2 (5 g, -35 mmol) in THF (10 mL) under argon was added triethylamine (9.7 mL, 70 mmol) and di-i-butyl dicarbonate (8.4 g, 39 mmol) in succession. Vigorous gas evolution occurred for 10 seconds immediately after B0C2O addition, and the resulting clear yellow solution was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature thereafter. After concentration of the solvent in vacuo the crude oil was purified by silica gel chromatography (0→10 % MeOH/DCM) to afford S3 (3.0 g, 32 % from SI) as a colorless oil. ¾ NMR (CDCb, 400 MHz) J3.74 (q, / = 5.0 Hz, 2H), 3.46 - 3.36 (m, 2H), 3.33 (t, / = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.17 (br s, 1H), 2.20 (td, J = 7.0, 2.7 Hz, 2H), 1.96 (t, J = 2.7 Hz, 1H), 1.83 - 1.69 (m, 2H), 1.46 (s,
9H); 13C NMR (CDCI3, 100 MHz) δ\5ΊΛ, 83.5, 80.3, 68.8, 62.6, 50.4, 47.7, 28.4, 27.4, 15.9; IR (thin film) 3431, 3306, 2932, 2118, 1667, 1478, 1366, 1162 cm 1; MS (ESI) calculated for
(S4): To a solution of S3 (400 mg, 1.76 mmol) in DCM (9 mL) was added Dess-Martin periodinane (780 mg, 1.85 mmol). The hazy light yellow solution was stirred at room temperature for 45 minutes. The reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL), and the organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous Na2S2(¾ (2 5 mL), saturated aqueous NaHCCb, and brine. The organic layer was dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford S4 (370 mg, 93 % yield) as a colorless oil. ¾ NMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz) 59.59 (s, 1H), 4.04 - 3.82 (m, 2H), 3.46 - 3.31 (m, 2H), 2.30 - 2.16 (m, 2H), 1.97 (t, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 1.82 - 1.68 (m, 2H), 1.52 - 1.39 (m, 9H); 13C NMR (CDCI3, 100 MHz) J198.8, 155.4, 83.3, 80.8, 69.0, 57.8, 47.8, 28.3, 27.4, 15.8; IR (thin film) 2932, 2118, 1736, 1667, 1418, 1366, 1162 cm 1; MS (ESI) calculated for C12H20NO3 (MH+) 226.1, observed 226.2.
(2): To a solution of S4 (190 mg, 0.84 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added methylamine (420 \L, 3.38 mmol, 33 wt % in ethanol) in one portion at room temperature. The orange/brown solution was stirred at room temperature for 10 minutes. Sodium triacetoxyborohydride (267 mg, 1.27 mmol) solid was charged in one portion, and the hazy brown mixture was stirred for 2 hours. The mixture was diluted with DCM (100 mL) and washed with 1M NaOH (30 mL). The organic layer was washed with brine, and then dried over MgS04 and filtered. The volatiles were concentrated in vacuo, and the brown residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (0→20 % MeOH/DCM with 1 % Et3N) to afford 2 (101 mg, 50 % yield) as a colorless oil. ¾ NMR (CDCb, 500 MHz) J3.43 - 3.19 (m, 4H), 2.83 - 2.65 (m, 2H), 2.45 (s, 3H), 2.18 (td, / = 7.0, 2.7 Hz, 2H), 1.95 (t, / = 2.7 Hz, 1H), 1.79 - 1.66 (m, 2H), 1.44 (s, 9H); 13C NMR (CDCb, 125 MHz) J155.7, 83.6, 79.7, 68.8, 50.2, 46.9, 46.8 (observed by HSQC), 36.1, 28.4, 27.4, 15.9; IR (thin film) 3254, 2932, 2792, 2118, 1686, 1413, 1365, 1163 cm 1; MS (ESI) calculated for C13H25N2O2 (MH+) 241.2, observed 241.3.
81 % yield
(3): To a solution of IR-783 (1, 81 mg, 0.097 mmol) in DMF (0.9 mL) was added Boc- diamine 2 (70 mg, 0.29 mmol) and NN-diisopropylethylamine (67 uL, 0.39 mmol). The green solution was sparged with argon for 5 minutes, then heated to 105 °C in a sealed vial for
50 minutes. LC/MS analysis of the dark blue reaction showed complete consumption of 1. The reaction was cooled to 30 °C and charged with 4-(trifluoromethyl)-benzyl bromide (45 μί, 0.29 mmol) and NN-diisopropylethylamine (33 μί, 0.19 mmol). The remaining amount of amine 2 co-eluted with the product 3. The 4-(trifluoromethyl)-benzyl bromide derivatized the residual 2, generating a non-polar adduct, which facilitated isolation of 3. After 2 hours, LC/MS analysis showed complete consumption of the remaining portion of 2. The reaction was diluted with saturated aqueous NaHCCb (10 mL), water (5 mL), and acetonitrile (0.5 mL), and stirred for 20 minutes at room temperature. The entire mixture was loaded directly onto a pre-packed 50 g C18 column and purified by reversed-phase chromatography (5→45 % MeCN/ water). The solvent was removed in vacuo to afford 3 (76 mg, 81 % yield) as a dark blue solid. *H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz, 70 °C) £7.71 (d, / = 13.4 Hz, 2H), 7.44 - 7.28 (m, 4H), 7.23 - 7.09 (m, 4H), 6.00 (d, / = 13.4 Hz, 2H), 4.15 - 3.96 (m, 4H), 3.92 - 3.81 (m, 2H), 3.60 - 3.51 (m, 2H), 3.45 (s, 3H), 3.37 - 3.32 (m, 2H), 2.93 - 2.83 (m, 4H), 2.65 - 2.50 (m, 4H), 2.26 - 2.14 (m, 3H), 2.04 - 1.90 (m, 8H), 1.91 - 1.83 (m, 2H), 1.80 - 1.71 (m, 2H), 1.68 (s, 12H), 1.43 (s, 9H); IR (thin film) 2924, 2866, 2114, 1686, 1509, 1365, 1255 cm 1; MS (ESI) calculated for C51H69N4O8S2 (Mr) 929.5, observed 929.7. With N-alkyl carbamates 3, 4, and S6-S8, high temperature NMR (70 °C) was required to resolve the carbamate rotamers. However, these sulfonates proved unstable at elevated temperatures for prolonged time in various deuterated solvents, which precluded obtaining 13C NMR spectra.
(4): To a solution of combretastatin A4 (31 mg, 0.10 mmol) in THF (3 mL) was added triethylamine (19 μί, 0.13 mmol). After stirring for 5 minutes phosgene (62 μί, 0.090 mmol, 15 wt % toluene) was added, resulting in a white precipitate. This reaction mixture of combretastatin A4 chloroformate (S5) was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature. In a separate 25 mL round bottom flask, 3 (35 mg, 0.037 mmol) was dissolved in neat trifluoroacetic acid (400 μί, 5.23 mmol) under argon at room temperature. The dark red solution was stirred for 20 minutes at room temperature, then subsequently cooled to -10 °C and diluted with THF (3 mL). A vent needle was inserted in the septum, and a sodium bicarbonate (588 mg, 7.00 mmol) solution in 7 mL of water was added slowly with vigorous stirring. To this dark blue mixture was added the THF suspension of S5 generated above in one portion. The -10 °C bath was removed and the reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature with vigorous stirring. After 15 minutes the THF was removed in vacuo, and MeCN (1 mL) and water (5 mL) were added to the crude reaction mixture. The entire mixture was loaded directly onto a pre-packed 30 g C18 column and purified by reversed-phase
chromatography (5→45 % MeCN/water). The solvent was removed in vacuo to afford 4 (40 mg, 93 % yield) as a dark blue solid. ¾ NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz, 70 °C) Si.69 (d, / = 13.3 Hz, 2H), 7.40 - 7.27 (m, 4H), 7.21 - 7.03 (m, 5H), 6.99 - 6.89 (m, 2H), 6.61 - 6.33 (m, 4H), 5.96 (d, J = 13.3 Hz, 2H), 4.12 - 3.92 (m, 6H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 3.75 - 3.66 (m, 5H), 3.63 (s, 6H), 3.53 - 3.38 (m, 5H), 2.91 - 2.84 (m, 4H), 2.57 - 2.46 (m, 4H), 2.29 - 2.14 (m, 3H), 2.01 - 1.89 (m, 10H), 1.90 - 1.75 (m, 4H), 1.62 (s, 12H); IR (thin film) 2967, 2931, 2117, 1716, 1507, 1365 cm 1; MS (ESI) calculated for C65H79N4O12S2 (Mr) 1171.5, observed 1171.8.
(S6): To a 1 dram vial was added 4 (11.5 mg, 0.01 mmol), cupric sulfate (0.3 mg,
0.002 mmol) and sodium ascorbate (1.0 mg, 0.005 mmol). The headspace was flushed with argon, and a water/i-butanol (1.0 mL, 1: 1 v/v) solution of 5 (3.6 mg, 0.013 mmol) was added to the solid admixture at room temperature. The deep blue reaction was stirred for 4 hours, at which time LC/MS indicated consumption of 4. The reaction was diluted with water (3 mL) and purified directly by reversed phase chromatography (5→95 % MeCN/water). The solvent was removed in
vacuo to afford S6 (10 mg, 70 % yield) as a dark blue solid. ¾ NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz, 70 °C) δ 7.74 (s, 1H), 7.68 (d, J = 13.4 Hz, 2H), 7.43 - 7.25 (m, 4H), 7.23 - 7.02 (m, 5H), 7.00 - 6.90 (m, 2H), 6.61 - 6.38 (m, 4H), 5.95 (d, / = 13.4 Hz, 2H), 4.46 (t, / = 5.1 Hz, 2H), 4.07 - 3.93 (m, 6H), 3.86 - 3.80 (m, 2H), 3.78 - 3.52 (m, 29H), 3.50 - 3.40 (m, 4H), 2.92 - 2.83 (m, 4H), 2.74 (t, / = 7.5 Hz, 2H), 2.56 - 2.43 (m, 6H), 2.11 - 1.88 (m, 10H), 1.87 - 1.74 (m, 2H), 1.60 (s, 12H); IR (thin film) 2930, 2868, 1720, 1509, 1371 cm 1; MS (ESI) calculated for C76H101N7O18S2 (Mr) 1462.7, observed 1463.2.
(7): To a 1 dram vial was added S6 (5.5 mg, 0.0037 mmol) and N,N,N',N'-tetramethyl-0-
(N-succinimidyl)uronium tetrafluoroborate (6, 1.1 mg, 0.0041 mmol). The headspace was flushed with argon, and DCM (0.8 mL) and MeCN (0.2 mL) were charged to the vial, followed by N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.7 μί, 0.0041 mmol). The deep blue solution was stirred for 1 hour, at which time LC/MS indicated consumption of S6. The solvent was removed in vacuo, and the blue residue was triturated in ethyl acetate (1 mL) by repeated vortex mixing and sonication. The fine suspension was centrifuged, the supernatant decanted, and the pellet resuspended in diethyl ether (1 mL). The reslurry procedure was repeated twice with diethyl ether, and the pellet was placed under vacuum (< 0.1 Torr) for 1 hour to afford 7 (5.0 mg, 85 % yield) as a dark blue solid. MS (ESI) calculated for C80H103N8O20S2 (Mr) 1559.7, observed 1560.2.
(S7): In a 25 mL round bottom flask 3 (40 mg, 0.041 mmol) was dissolved in neat trifluoroacetic acid (440 μί, 5.74 mmol) under argon at room temperature. The dark red solution was stirred for 20 minutes at room temperature, then subsequently cooled to -10 °C and diluted with THF (6 mL). A vent needle was inserted in the septum, and a sodium bicarbonate (645 mg, 7.68 mmol) solution in 8 mL of water was added slowly with vigorous stirring. To this dark blue
mixture was added neat phenyl chloroformate (15 μL·, 0.023 mmol). The -10 °C bath was removed and the reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature with vigorous stirring. After 15 minutes the THF was removed in vacuo, and MeCN (1 mL) and water (6 mL) were added to the crude reaction mixture. The entire mixture was loaded directly onto a pre-packed 30 g CI 8 column and purified by reversed-phase chromatography (5→45 % MeCN/water). The solvent was removed in vacuo to afford S7 (33 mg, 83 % yield) as a dark blue solid. ¾ NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz, 70 °C) δ 7.72 (d, / = 13.4 Hz, 2H), 7.43 - 7.25 (m, 6H), 7.21 - 7.08 (m, 5H), 7.09 - 7.00 (m, 2H), 5.98 (d, / = 13.4 Hz, 2H), 4.12 - 3.93 (m, 6H), 3.85 - 3.68 (m, 2H), 3.56 - 3.43 (m, 5H), 2.94 - 2.80 (m, 4H), 2.56 (t, / = 6.5 Hz, 4H), 2.37 - 2.17 (m, 3H), 2.08 - 1.80 (m, 12H), 1.63 (s, 12H); IR (thin film) 2967, 2931, 2118, 1714, 1505, 1365 cm 1; MS (ESI) calculated for C53H65N4O8S2 (M") 949.4,
(S8): To a 1 dram vial was added S7 (3.5 mg, 0.0036 mmol), cupric sulfate (0.6 mg, 0.004 mmol) and sodium ascorbate (1.4 mg, 0.007 mmol). The headspace was flushed with argon, and a water/i-butanol (1.0 mL, 1: 1 v/v) solution of 5 (4.0 mg, 0.014 mmol) was added to the solid admixture at room temperature. The deep blue reaction was stirred for 2 hours, at which time LC/MS indicated consumption of S7. The reaction was diluted with water (1 mL) and purified directly by reversed phase chromatography (5→40 % MeCN/water). The solvent was removed in vacuo to afford S8 (3.5 mg, 78 % yield) as a dark blue solid. lH NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz, 70 °C) δ 7.76 (s, 1H), 7.70 (d, 7 = 13.5 Hz, 2H), 7.41 - 7.28 (m, 6H), 7.20 - 7.09 (m, 5H), 7.06 - 7.01 (m, 2H), 5.97 (d, J = 13.5 Hz, 2H), 4.47 - 4.43 (m, 2H), 4.10 - 3.94 (m, 6H), 3.85 - 3.78 (m, 2H), 3.78 - 3.73 (m, 2H), 3.70 (t, / = 6.5 Hz, 2H), 3.62 - 3.52 (m, 12H), 3.52 - 3.45 (m, 5H), 2.92 - 2.83 (m, 4H), 2.79 - 2.72 (m, 2H), 2.58 - 2.51 (m, 4H), 2.48 (t, / = 6.5 Hz, 2H), 2.11 - 1.99 (m, 2H), 2.01 - 1.90 (m, 8H), 1.91 - 1.82 (m, 2H), 1.61 (s, 12H); IR (thin film) 2930, 2868, 1721, 1506, 1371 cm 1; MS (ESI) calculated for C64H86N7O14S2 (Mr) 1240.6, observed 1240.9.
(S9): To a 1 dram vial was added S8 (2.5 mg, 0.0020 mmol) and N,N,N,N-tetramethyl-0- (N-succinimidyl)uronium tetrafluoroborate (6, 0.6 mg, 0.002 mmol). DCM (0.8 mL) and MeCN (0.2 mL) were charged to the vial, followed by NN-diisopropylethylamine (0.5 μί, 0.002 mmol). The deep blue solution was stirred for 1 hour, at which time LC/MS indicated consumption of S8. The solvent was removed in vacuo, and the blue residue was triturated in ethyl acetate (0.5 mL) by repeated vortex mixing and sonication. The fine suspension was centrifuged, the supernatant decanted, and the pellet resuspended in diethyl ether (0.5 mL). The procedure was repeated twice with diethyl ether, and the pellet was placed under vacuum (< 0.1 Torr) for 1 hour to afford S9 (1.8 mg, 67 % yield) as a dark blue solid. MS (ESI) calculated for C68H89N8Oi6S2 (Mr) 1337.6, observed 1337.9. S9 was prepared as a negative control for 7.
Assignment of Isomeric C4'-N-Alkyl Cyanines 4 and S10
Initial studies on the Boc removal, carbamate formation sequence revealed that many conditions provided a -1: 1 mixture of two distinct N- linked cyanine products. Further analysis revealed these to be constitutional isomers comprising the desired C4'-N-linkage, 4, and the isomer arising from the intermediate diamine equilibrating through C4' addition/elimination sequences prior to carbamate formation (FIG. 3). The observation of the two constitutional isomers, 4 and S10, occurred upon quenching the TFA-mediated Boc deprotection of 3 at room temperature and allowing for equilibration prior to acylation with chloroformate S5. It was ultimately determined that deprotection of the Boc group in neat TFA, careful aqueous bicarbonate quench at -10 °C, and addition of the chloroformate of CA4 to the cooled mixture provided only 4 in excellent yield (93%). After separation of 4 and S10 by preparative HPLC, NMR analysis revealed 4 possessed C4'-N-methyl ¾ and 13C (assigned by HSQC) chemical shifts consistent with other known dialkylamine cyanines (Gorka et al. , JACS 2014, 136: 14153; Nani et al. J. Org. Lett. 2015, 17:302). Alternatively, the upfield shifts of the N-methyl resonance of S10 in the ¾ and 13C spectra are indicative of an N-methyl tertiary carbamate (Gopin et al , Bioconj. Chem. 2006, 17: 1432).
Determination of Quantum Yields and Molar Absorption Coefficients
Quantum yields (Of) were determined in MeOH relative to IR783 ( ί = 0.084 in MeOH), from plots of integrated fluorescence intensity vs. absorbance, according to the following relationship:
where subscripts st and x denote standard and test sample, respectively, Φ is the fluorescence quantum yield, Grad is the gradient of the integrated fluorescence intensity vs. absorbance plot, and η is the refractive index of the solvent. Measurements were performed in 10 mm path length quartz cuvettes (Hellma 111-QS), maintained at 25 °C, with the absorbance of all dye solutions < 0.08 in order to maximize illumination homogeneity and optical transparency and minimize reabsorption effects. IR783 standard and test dye solutions were excited at 10 nm below their absorption maxima. The quantum yield of S6 in MeOH relative to IR783 was <Df = 0.16.
Molar absorption coefficients (ε) were determined in 1 : 1 (v/v) MeOH/PBS (pH 7.4) using Beer's law, from plots of absorbance vs. concentration. Measurements were performed in 10 mm path length quartz cuvettes (Hellma 111-QS), maintained at 25 °C, with absorbance at the highest concentration < 0.08 (see above).
Procedure for Panitumumab Conjugation (Bhattacharyya et al., Medchemcomm 2014, 5: 1337) Panitumumab was incubated with 1.3 equiv. of 7 to provide the CY-Pan-CA4 conjugate.
All steps were performed under reduced lighting. To 250 of 1 M PBS (pH 8.5) in a 1.5 mL microcentrifuge tube was added 500 of panitumumab (from a 20 mg/mL commercial stock acquired from Amgen). In a separate tube, 23 uL of a 5 mM DMSO solution of 7 or S9 was quickly premixed with 250 of 1 M PBS (pH 8.5), and then immediately transferred to the panitumumab solution. The resulting mixture was gently pipetted and inverted and incubated at room
temperature for 1 h on a rocking platform. Three identical G10 Sephadex® columns (GE
Healthcare) were primed with 6 column volumes each of 0.9% (w/v) saline. The reaction was partitioned equally between the three columns (-300 μί) and eluted with 0.9% saline. The first eluting blue band was collected, affording 2.5 mL of a saline solution. HPLC analyses of the conjugates revealed no detectable amounts of free combretastatin A4 or phenol. An aliquot of each fraction was diluted tenfold into 1: 1 (v/v) MeOH/PBS (50 mM, pH 7.4) and analyzed by UV-vis in a plastic UV cuvette (FIG. 4). The absorption values at 280 and 700 nm were obtained, and the dye and antibody concentrations were determined from Beer's law (C = Α/εΙ), with Sdye = 55,000 M 1
cm and Santit>ody = 200,000 M 1 cm 1, corresponding to the molar extinction coefficients of S6/S8 and panitumumab in 1: 1 (v/v) MeOH/PBS, respectively. A correction factor of 25% and 5% for S6 and S8, respectively, was applied to account for the absorption contribution of the free dye at 280 nm. The degree of labeling (DOL), the average number of dye molecules per antibody, was determined from the quotient of dye concentration to antibody concentration. CY-Pan-CA4 possessed a DOL of 1.2 and protein concentration of 18 μΜ, and CY-Pan-Phenol a DOL of 1.1 and protein concentration of 21 μΜ. The antibody conjugate solutions were filtered through a 0.22 μιη sterile filter (Acrodisc) and stored at 4 °C. SDS-PAGE
Sodium dodecyl sulfate -polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis (SDS-PAGE) was conducted to assess the purity of the antibody conjugates. NuPAGE 4-12% Bis-Tris gels (Life Technologies #IM-8042) were loaded with 15 μg of CY-Pan-CA4 and CY-Pan-Phenol (1 : 1:2 conjugate/NuPAGE LDS sample buffer/lX PBS) and run under non-reducing conditions in IX MES SDS running buffer at 180 V for 40 min. A BenchMark Pre-Stained Protein Standard (Life Technologies #10748010) was used for molecular weight comparison. Gels were stained with SimplyBlue SafeStain (Life Technologies #LC6060) for 1 h and imaged with white transillumination (60 1 s exposure time) (FIG. 5A). Fluorescence images were obtained using an ImageQuant LAS 4000 (GE Healthcare) with red epi light (630 nm) excitation and a 670 nm emission filter (FIG. 5B). Exposure time was 60 s.
To a round bottom flask Boc-Cy7 3 (11.3 mg, 0.012 mmol) was dissolved in neat trifluoroacetic acid (250 μί) under argon at room temperature. The dark red solution was stirred for 20 minutes at room temperature, then subsequently cooled to 0 °C and diluted with THF (4 mL). A sodium bicarbonate (500 mg) solution in 10 mL of water was added slowly with vigorous stirring. In a separate vessel duocarmycin DM (5.6 mg, 0.010 mmol) was dissolved in MeCN (0.5 mL) at 0 °C under argon. Diisopropylethylamine (4 μί, 0.022 mmol) and 4-nitrophenylchloroformate (40 mg, 0.20 mmol) in MeCN (0.5 mL) were added in succession. The clear, light yellow solution was stirred for 20 minutes, after which time the reaction was combined with the cyanine/aqueous THF solution. The reaction was heated to 37 °C for 45 minutes, and the THF was subsequently removed in vacuo. The entire mixture was loaded directly onto a pre-packed 30 g CI 8 column and purified by reversed-phase chromatography (5→55 % MeCN/water). The solvent was removed in vacuo to afford 8 (5.5 mg, 41 % yield) as a dark blue solid. MS (ESI) calculated for
C73H85ClN70ioS2 (M-) 1318.5, observed 1318.9.
To a 1 dram vial was added 8 (0.6 mg, 0.0005 mmol), cupric sulfate (0.1 mg, 0.0009 mmol) and sodium ascorbate (0.4 mg, 0.002 mmol). The headspace was flushed with argon, and a water/i-butanol (0.5 mL, 1 : 1 v/v) solution of azido-PEG4-acid 5 (0.2 mg, 0.0005 mmol) was added to the solid admixture at room temperature. The deep blue reaction was stirred for 30 minutes, at which time LC/MS indicated consumption of 5. The reaction was diluted with water (2 mL) and purified directly by reversed phase chromatography (5→95 % MeCN/ 0.1% (NH^CCb/water). The solvent was removed in vacuo to afford 9 (0.4 mg, 75 % yield) as a dark blue solid. MS (ESI) calculated for C84H107CIN10O16S2 (M~) 1610.7, observed 1610.4. Compound 9 can further be reacted with N,N,N\N'-tetramethyl-0-(N-succinimidyl)uronium tetrafluoroborate (6) to afford a succinimidyl ester-functionalized compound suitable for conjugation to a targeting agent.
Example 3
Photochemical Cleavage and Stability of CY-Pan-CA4
To assess the photochemical cleavage and dark stability, a solution of CY-Pan-CA4 in DMEM/FBS was irradiated with 50 J of 690 nm light administered from a convenient LED source (20 mW/cm2), or left in the dark, and then incubated for 18 h at 37 °C. The irradiated sample provided an excellent yield of free CA4, 61%, as measured by HPLC, whereas the unirradiated sample provided only negligible quantities (1%) of the free drug (FIG. 6).
The absorption and fluorescence emission of the conjugate were measured, and the consequence of irradiation on the fluorescence emission was also evaluated. The CY-Pan-CA4 conjugate maintained the near-IR optical properties of unconjugated S6 ( abs = 700 nm, em = 795 nm, FIG. 7).
The decay of the fluorescent signal during the photobleaching of CY-Pan-CA4 was determined as follows. A 500 nM solution of CY-Pan-CA4 was prepared by dilution of a saline stock solution into DMEM/FBS (9: 1 v/v) and 150 of this solution was transferred to a 3 mm path length quartz cuvette (Hellma 101-QS). The sample was irradiated (open to air) with 10 J doses of 690 nm light between fluorimeter readings. The sample was excited at 690 nm and the integrated emission intensity from 740-800 nm was extracted and plotted against light dose.
Experiments were run in triplicate and plotted with error bars derived from the standard deviation. Irradiation using 690 nm light reduced the emission of CY-Pan-CA4 (FIG. 8), with little remaining fluorescence after the 50 J of light fluence used for drug release. The latter result indicates that the irradiation-induced disappearance of cyanine emission will serve as a useful marker for drug release.
The HPLC yields of combretastatin A4 (CA4) during the photolysis experiment were determined by an external calibration method (Pigini et al. , Rapid Commun. Mass Spectrom. 2006, 20: 1031). A calibration curve was constructed with varying concentrations of CA4 plotted against the integrated area of the compound peak (FIG. 9). The solutions for calibration were generated from a 1 mM DMSO stock solution of CA4 via dilution in 1 : 1 (v/v) saline/MeCN to afford 1, 5, 10, and 20 μΜ solutions. The calibration samples were analyzed on an Agilent 1260 Infinity HPLC utilizing an Eclipse Plus 5 μιη C18 110 A (4.6 x 250 mm) column with a gradient of 5→95% (8 min) to 95→5% (2 min) MeCN/0.1% aqueous formic acid at a flow rate of 2.0 niL/min. This method of sample preparation and analysis was identical to what is used in the photolysis experiment (see below) to ensure consistency between the calibration curves and the experimental runs.
A CY-Pan-CA4 saline solution (effective dye concentration of 22.4 μΜ) was diluted into DMEM/FBS (9: 1 v/v) to afford 100 μΐ. of a 10 μΜ solution. The sample was irradiated in a microcentrifuge tube with 50 J of 690 nm light at room temperature. The sample was subsequently heated for 18 hours at 37 °C, concurrently with a non-irradiated dark control. The reaction was diluted with 100 of acetonitrile to precipitate proteins, vortexed, and centrifuged for 1 min at 6,000 rpm. The CA4 concentration was divided by the original dye concentration to determine the yield of the released CA4. The photolysis was performed in experimental triplicate. FIG. 10 shows chromatograms of CA4 at 300 nm (top panel), photolysis of Cy-Pan-CA4 at t = 18 h at 300 nm (middle panel), and a dark control of CY-Pan-CA4 at t = 18 h at 300 nm (lower panel).
Example 4
In Vitro Characterization of CY-Pan-CA4
MDA-MB-468 (HER1 overexpression) and MCF-7 (normal HER1 expression) human breast cancer cell lines were obtained from the NCI DTP, DCTD Tumor Repository. MDA-MB- 468 was cultured in RPMI supplemented with 2 mM L-glutamine, 11 mM D-glucose, 24 mM sodium bicarbonate, 10% heat-inactivated fetal bovine serum, 100 units/mL penicillin, 100 μg/mL streptomycin, and 0.25 μg/mL amphotericin B. MCF-7 was cultured in DMEM supplemented with 4 mM L-glutamine, 25 mM D-glucose, 44 mM sodium bicarbonate, 10% heat-inactivated fetal bovine serum, 100 units/mL penicillin, 100 μg/mL streptomycin, and 0.25 μg/mL amphotericin B. Both cell lines were grown at 37 °C in an atmosphere of 20% O2 and 5% CO2. Stock cultures were maintained in continuously exponential growth by weekly passage of the appropriate number of cells following trypsinization with 0.25% Trypsin-EDTA (0.9 mM) in PBS.
Fluorescence Confocal Microscopy
MDA-MB-468 or MCF-7 cells (5 x 104 cells/well) were plated on Nunc Lab-Tek® II chambered #1.5 German borosilicate coverglass (Thermo Fisher Scientific, Inc.) and allowed to adhere overnight. Cells were incubated with 100 nM CY-Pan-CA4 for 3 h, washed twice with PBS, incubated with 1 μΜ Hoechst 33342 for 0.5 h, washed twice with PBS, and imaged.
Fluorescence microscopy was performed using a Zeiss LSM 780 confocal microscope at 63x magnification using a plan-apochromat oil immersion objective. Near-IR fluorescence was imaged using a HeNe633 laser (633 nm excitation, 650 nm longpass emission) and Hoechst 33342 using an Argon/2 laser (488 nm excitation, 505-550 bandpass emission). Differential interference contrast (DIC) was collected using the Argon/2 laser. Image processing was conducted with Fiji.
FIG. 11 shows fluorescence confocal microscopy images of live MDA-MG-468 (panels 1- 3) and MCF-7 (panels 4-6) cells treated with Hoechst 3342 (1 μΜ) and CY-Pan-CA4 (100 nm).
Panels 1 and 4 are fluorescence emission from Hoechst 3342; panels 2 and 5 are fluorescence emission from CY-Pan-CA4; panels 3 and 6 are differential interference contrast images. The results show that only HER1+ (MDA-MB-468) cells exhibited characteristic antibody labeling.
Specific cellular labeling was also confirmed using fluorescence activated cell sorting (FACS). MDA-MB-468 or MCF-7 cells were seeded into 6-well plates (1 xlO6 cells/well) and allowed to adhere overnight. Cells were incubated with 100 nM CY-Pan-CA4 for 3 h, washed twice with PBS, trypsinized, and suspended in PBS supplemented with 2% fetal bovine serum. Flow cytometric analysis for near-IR fluorescence signal was performed at the CCR Flow
Cytometry Core (NCI-Frederick) using a BD LSRII Fortessa analyzer operating a laser line at 647 nm (FIG. 12). Data processing was conducted with FlowJo vX.0.7.
The results of the fluorescence confocal microscopy and FACS indicate that the binding specificity of PAN was preserved in the immunoconjugate.
CY-Pan-CA4 was evaluated to determine whether it elicits a cytotoxic effect in the same cell lines in a light- and antigen-dependent fashion. Cell viability was determined with continuous exposure to a wide concentration range of CY-Pan-CA4 to examine the full biological effect of cleaved vs. uncleaved conjugate. MDA-MB-468 or MCF-7 cells were seeded into 96-well plates (5 x 104 cells/well) and allowed to adhere overnight. Initial seeding densities were such to ensure cells remained in exponential growth for the duration of the assay. For the continuous dose assay, media was replaced with that containing CY-Pan-CA4, CY-Pan-Phenol, CA4, Pan, or DMSO. Cells were exposed to 30 J of irradiation from a 690 nm LED (10 mW/cm2) or kept dark. For the pre-incubation assay, media was replaced with that containing test compounds, incubated for 24 h at 37 °C in the dark, media replaced with fresh, inhibitor free media, and irradiated as above.
Following a 72 h incubation period at 37 °C, 20 uL of MTT (3-(4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl)-2,5- diphenyltetrazolium bromide) from a 5 mg/mL stock in PBS was added to each well and incubated for 4 h at 37 °C. Media was removed, 100 of DMSO added to each well to solubilize MTT formazan, and absorbance at 550 nm was recorded using a microplate reader. Drug effects were expressed as % cell viability relative to the DMSO (no inhibitor) control. Half-maximal inhibitory concentrations (IC50) were obtained from sigmoidal curve fits of % viability vs. concentration data using GraphPad Prism 6. All experiments were conducted in quadruplicate, with error bars representing the standard deviation.
Irradiation of cells in the presence of CY-Pan-CA4 with 30 J of 690 nm light led to a growth inhibitory activity (IC50 = 16 nM) that nearly matched that of CA4 alone (11 nM) (FIG. 13). By contrast, the absence of irradiation significantly diminished this growth inhibitory effect (IC50 = 1.1 μΜ), providing additional evidence for the high dark stability of the conjugated form. Finally,
as expected, the antibody alone had no effect on cell viability over the concentration range examined (IC50 > 2 μΜ). The internalized and cell-surface bound antibody fraction were evaluated by preincubation and then media exchange. MDA-MB-468 (HER1+) and MCF-7 (HER1-) cells were incubated with CY-Pan-CA4 (100 nM) for 24 h, the media was replaced, irradiation was carried as above, and cell viability was evaluated. A significant reduction in cell viability was observed only upon 690 nm irradiation in the HER1+ cell line, with little effect in either the HER1- cell line or in the absence of irradiation (FIG. 14). No effect on viability was apparent using a version of the antibody conjugate that releases only biologically inactive phenol, indicating that the observed cytotoxicity is solely a consequence of drug release.
Example 5
In Vivo Characterization of CY-Pan-CA4
The in vivo properties of CY-Pan-CA4 were examined. Specifically, conjugate stability, tumor localization, and modulation of fluorescence signal by external irradiation were evaluated. Fluorescence signal modulation was used to provide an initial, albeit surrogate, measure for drug release.
To examine the biodistribution of the CY-Pan-CA4 conjugate, a xenograft tumor model with dorsal A431 (HER1+) tumors was used. All in vivo procedures were conducted in compliance with the Guide for the Care and Use of Laboratory Animal Resources (1996), US National Research Council, and approved by the National Cancer Institute/NIH Animal Care and Use
Committee. Six-week-old to 8-week-old female homozygote athymic nude mice were purchased from Charles River (NCI-Frederick). During treatment, mice were anesthetized with isoflurane. A431 cells (2 x 106) were injected subcutaneously in the right dorsum of each mouse. Experiments were performed at 8-9 days after cell injection. Tumors reaching approximately 5-7 mm were selected for the study.
In order to evaluate the biodistribution and tumor accumulation of CY-Pan-CA4, serial ventral and dorsal fluorescence images of mice were obtained before and 0, 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 9, 12, 24, 48, 72, 96, 120, 144, and 168 h after i.v. injection of CY-Pan-CA4 via the tail vein with a Pearl Imager (LI-COR Biosciences, Lincoln, NE) using an 800 nm fluorescence channel
(FIGS. 15A and 15B, ventral side and dorsal side, respectively). Regions of interest (ROIs) were placed on the fluorescent images with a white light reference to measure fluorescence intensities of the tumor, the liver, and the left dorsum (i.e. background tissue on the opposite side of the tumor) (FIG. 16A). Pearl Cam Software (LI-COR Biosciences) was used for calculating the average
fluorescence intensity within each ROI. Tumor-to-background ratio (TBR, FIG. 16B) was calculated using the following formula (n = 5):
mean tumor intensity - mean background intensity
mean non-tumor intensity - mean background intensity
Significant selective tumor accumulation was observed, with high tumor-to-background ratios between 1-7 days. Tumor accumulation was maximal between 2-3 days (FIGS. 15A-15B, 16A-16B).
To evaluate the effect of irradiation on the fluorescent signal, mice were implanted with two tumors, one in each side of the dorsum, administered CY-Pan-CA4, and, after 2 days, one of the tumors was irradiated with increasing light doses from a 690 nm laser. CY-Pan-CA4 (100 μg) was administered intravenously via the tail vein. Two days post-injection, the right dorsum tumor was exposed to 0, 10, 30, 50, and 100 J/cm2 doses of 690 nm light (500 mW/cm2) using a laser system (BWF5-690-8-600-0.37; B&W Tek Inc., Newark, DE). The left dorsum tumor was covered with aluminum foil. Immediately after exposing tumors to the indicated dose, serial dorsal fluorescence images of mice were obtained with a Pearl Imager (LI-COR Biosciences) using an 800 nm fluorescence channel. Regions of interest (ROIs) were placed on the fluorescent images with a white light reference to measure fluorescence intensities of both tumors and normal dorsum adjacent to the tumors (i.e. background tissue on the opposite side of the tumor). Pearl Cam Software (LI-COR Biosciences) was used for calculating the average fluorescence intensity within each ROI. TBR was calculated as above (n = 6).
The fluorescence signal of only the irradiated tumor decreased in a light-dependent manner (FIG. 17). Notably, the light doses applied were similar to or compared favorably to those used for conventional photodynamic therapy-type applications.
Example 6
Treatment of Solid Tumors with the Disclosed Conjugates A subject having a solid tumor is identified and selected for treatment. The subject may be selected based on a clinical presentation and/or by performing tests to demonstrate presence of a solid tumor.
The subject is treated by administering a conjugate according to Formula I or Formula II, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition thereof at a dose determined by a clinician to be therapeutically effective. The conjugate is administered by any suitable means, such as parenteral, intravenous, or subcutaneous injection. In some instances, the conjugate is injected directly into the tumor. In some examples, the location of the conjugate is
monitored by exposure to light having a wavelength suitable for inducing fluorescence of the cyanine fluorophore, thereby exciting the cyanine fluorophore, and detecting fluorescence of the conjugate. Monitoring may be performed after a period of time sufficient to allow binding of the conjugate to the tumor.
The administered conjugate subsequently is irradiated by targeted application of an effective quantity of light having a wavelength in the near-infrared range and a selected intensity to a targeted portion of the subject, thereby releasing the drug from at least some molecules of the conjugate. Advantageously, the targeted portion of the subject is proximate the tumor. Irradiation may be performed after a period of time sufficient to allow binding of the conjugate to the tumor. For example, irradiation may be performed several hours to several days after administration of the conjugate, such as from 1-7 days after administration of the conjugate. In some instances, drug release is assessed by monitoring a decrease in fluorescence emission of the conjugate in vivo.
In some instances, at least a portion of the tumor is surgically excised prior to targeted application of near-infrared light with subsequent release of the drug from at least some molecules of the conjugate. Fluorescence-guided surgery is used to determine the location and extent of tissue excision.
A therapeutically effective amount of a second agent may be co-administered with the conjugate or salt thereof. The conjugate (or salt thereof) and the second agent may be administered either separately or together in a single composition. The second agent may be administered by the same route or a different route. If administered concurrently, the conjugate (or salt thereof) and the second agent may be combined in a single pharmaceutical composition or may be administered concurrently as two pharmaceutical compositions. The second agent may be, for example, an antitumor agent or an angiogenesis inhibitor. Representative embodiments are described in the numbered paragraphs below.
1. A conjugate having a chemical structure according to Formula I or Formula II, or a pharmaceuticall acceptable salt thereof:
wherein m isl, 2, 3, 4, or 5; n is 1, 2 or 3; one of R1 and R4 is alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, -(O)C-R, or -(O)C-O-R, wherein R is alkyl, and the other of R1 and R4 is -(CH2)X-L2-Ra, where x is an integer
> 1, L2 is a linker moiety or is absent, and Ra is 0)N(H)Rb, -N(H)C(0)Rb,
-N(H)Rb, or -SRb where Rb is a targeting agent
; R2 is C(RC)2 wherein each Rc independently is H, halo, alkyl, or aryl, or (R2)m collectively is phenyl; R3 is -Li-C(0)-X-drug, where Li is a linker moiety or is absent and X is O, N(H), or N(CH3); R5 and R10 independently are H, alkyl, alkoxy, or alkyl sulfonate; R6-R9 and Rn-R14 independently are H, alkyl, amino, alkoxy, or alkyl sulfonate; each Y independently is C(Rd)2, S, O, Se, or N(Rd) wherein each Rd
independently is H or alkyl; and each ring A independently is a 6-membered fused aliphatic, heteroaliphatic, aryl, or heteroaryl ring.
2. The conjugate according to paragraph 1, wherein each Y is the same and R5-R9 are identical to R10-R14, respectively.
3. The conjugate according to paragraph 1 or paragraph 2, wherein R6-R9 and Rn-R14 are H.
4 The conjugate according to any one of paragraphs 1-3, wherein R3 is
, where X is O, N(H), or N(CH3), and R15-R22 independently are H, alkyl, -N02, -NRe2, -NRe3, alkoxy, or sulfonate, wherein each Re independently is H, halo, or alkyl.
5. The conjugate according to paragraph 4, wherein R15-R19 are H.
e according to any one of paragraphs 1-5, wherein one of R1 and R4
7. The conjugate according to any one of paragraphs 1-6, wherein each Y is C(CH3)2.
8. The conjugate according to any one of paragraphs 1-6, wherein each Y is S.
9. The conjugate according to any one of paragraphs 1-8, wherein Ra is -C(0)N(H)Rb or -N(H)C(0)Rb and Rb is an antibody.
10. The conjugate according to any one of paragraphs 1-8, wherein R5 and R10 are
11. The conjugate according to any one of paragraphs 1-10, wherein R3 is 0
e according to any one of paragraphs 1-11, wherein one of R1 and R4 is
where q and r independently are 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5.
13. The conjugate according to any one of paragraphs 1-12, wherein R1 is lower alkyl and R4 is -(CH2)X-L2-Ra wherein Ra is -C(0)N(H)Rb, -N(H)C(0)Rb, -N(H)Rb, or -SRb and Rb is a targeting agent.
14. The conjugate according to any one of paragraphs 1-12, R4 is lower alkyl and R1 is -(CH2)X-L2-Ra wherein Ra is -C(0)N(H)Rb, -N(H)C(0)Rb, -N(H)Rb, or -SRb and Rb is a targeting agent.
15. The conjugate according to any one of paragraphs 1-14, wherein the conjugate has a chemical structure according to Formula II and ring A is a fused heteroaryl ring including one nitrogen atom.
16. The conjugate according to any one of paragraphs 1-14, wherein the conjugate has a chemical structure according to Formula II and ring A is a fused phenyl ring.
17. The conjugate according to any one of paragraphs 1-16, wherein the conjugate has a chemical structure according to Formula II and ring A is substituted with optionally substituted sulfonate.
18. The conjugate according to any one of paragraphs 1-17, wherein the drug is an anticancer drug.
19. The conjugate according to paragraph 18, wherein the drug is an anti-breast cancer drug.
The conjugate according to any one of paragraphs 1-17, wherein -X-Drug
21. The conjugate according to any one of paragraphs 1-17, wherein Rb is panitumumab and the R3 is -C(0)-0-combretastatin A4.
22. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a conjugate according to any one of paragraphs 1-21 wherein Rb is a targeting agent and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
23. A precursor compound having a chemical structure according to Formula III or IV, or a salt thereof:
wherein m is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5; n is 1, 2 or 3; one of R1 and R24 is alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, -(O)C-R, or -(O)C-O-R, wherein R is alkyl, and the other of R1 and R24 is -(CH2)U-C≡CH where u is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5; R2 is C(RC)2 wherein each Rc independently is H, halo, alkyl, or aryl, or (R2)m collectively is phenyl; R5 and R10 independently are H, alkyl, alkoxy, or alkyl sulfonate; R6-R9 and Rn-R14 independently are H, alkyl, amino, alkoxy, or alkyl sulfonate; each Y independently is C(Rd)2, S, O,
Se, or N(Rd) wherein each Rd independently is H or alkyl; each ring A independently is a 6- membered fused aliphatic, heteroaliphatic, aryl, or heteroaryl ring; and R23 is a protecting group.
24. The precursor compound of paragraph 23, wherein the protecting group is i<?ri-butyloxycarbonyl (BOC) or 9-fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl (FMOC).
25. The precursor compound of paragraph 23 or paragraph 24, wherein R1 is lower alkyl and R24 is -(CH2)U-C≡CH.
26. The precursor compound of paragraph 23 or paragraph 24, wherein R1 is
-(CH2)u-C≡CH and R24 is lower alkyl.
27. A method, comprising: providing a conjugate according to any one of paragraphs 1- 21, wherein Rb is a targeting agent and wherein if Y is C(Rd)2, at least one Rd is other than H; and subsequently irradiating the conjugate with targeted application of an effective quantity of light having a selected wavelength in the near-infrared range and a selected intensity to induce a cleavage reaction and release the drug from the conjugate.
28. The method of paragraph 27, wherein irradiating the conjugate with targeted application of light comprises irradiating the conjugate with a laser that produces light having a wavelength of 680-700 nm.
29. The method of paragraph 27 or paragraph 28, further comprising: monitoring a level of fluorescence of the conjugate; and ceasing irradiation when the level of fluorescence falls below a target level.
30. The method of any one of paragraphs 27-29, further comprising: providing a biological sample including, or suspected of including, a target molecule; contacting the biological sample with the conjugate, wherein the targeting agent of the conjugate is capable of recognizing and binding to the target molecule; and subsequently irradiating the biological sample with the targeted application of light.
31. The method of any one of paragraphs 27-29, further comprising: identifying a subject as having a condition that may be treated with the drug; administering a therapeutically effective amount of the conjugate or a pharmaceutical composition comprising the conjugate to the subject; and subsequently irradiating the conjugate by targeted application of an effective quantity of light having a wavelength in the near-infrared range and a selected intensity to a targeted portion of the subject, thereby releasing the drug from at least some molecules of the conjugate.
32. The method of paragraph 31, wherein the subject has a tumor and the targeted portion of the subject includes an area proximate a location of the tumor.
33. The method of paragraph 31 or paragraph 32, wherein the effective quantity of light applied to the targeted portion is from 10-250 J/cm2.
In view of the many possible embodiments to which the principles of the disclosed invention may be applied, it should be recognized that the illustrated embodiments are only preferred examples of the invention and should not be taken as limiting the scope of the invention. Rather, the scope of the invention is defined by the following claims. We therefore claim as our invention all that comes within the scope and spirit of these claims.
Claims
What is claimed is:
1. A conjugate having a chemical structure according to Formula I or Formula II, or a pharmaceuticall acceptable salt thereof:
wherein m isl, 2, 3, 4, or 5;
n is 1, 2 or 3;
one of R1 and R4 is alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, -(O)C-R, or -(O)C-O-R, wherein R is alkyl, and the other of 1 and R4 is -(CH2)X-L2-Ra, where x is an integer > 1, L2 is a linker moiety or is
absent, and Ra is (0)N(H)Rb, -N(H)C(0)Rb, -N(H)Rb, or -SRb where Rb is a
R2 is C(RC)2 wherein each Rc independently is H, halo, alkyl, or aryl, or (R2)m collectively is phenyl;
R3 is -Li-C(0)-X-drug, where Li is a linker moiety or is absent and X is O, N(H), or N(CH3);
R5 and R10 independently are H, alkyl, alkoxy, or alkyl sulfonate;
R6-R9 and Rn-R14 independently are H, alkyl, amino, alkoxy, or alkyl sulfonate;
each Y independently is C(Rd)2, S, O, Se, or N(Rd) wherein each Rd independently is H or alkyl; and
each ring A independently is a 6-membered fused aliphatic, heteroaliphatic, aryl, or heteroaryl ring.
2. The conjugate according to claim 1, wherein each Y is the same and R5-R9 are identical to R10-R14, respectively..
3. The conjugate according to claim 1 or claim 2, wherein R6-R9 and Rn-R14 are H.
4 The conjugate according to any one of claims 1-3, wherein RJ is
, where X is O, N(H), or N(CH3), and R15-R22 independently are H, alkyl, -N02, -NRE2, -NRE3, alkoxy, or sulfonate, wherein each Re independently is H, halo, or alkyl.
5. The conjugate according to claim 4, wherein R15-R19 are H.
6. The conjugate according to any one of claims 1-5, wherein one of R1 and R4 is
7. The conjugate according to any one of claims 1-6, wherein each Y is C(C]¾)2.
8. The conjugate according to any one of claims 1-6, wherein each Y is S.
9. The conjugate according to any one of claims 1-8, wherein Ra is -C(0)N(H)Rb or -N(H)C(0)Rb and Rb is an antibody.
10. The conjugate according to any one of claims 1-8, wherein R5 and R10 are -(CH2)4S03-.
11. The conjugate according to any one of claims 1-10, wherein R3 is
'Drug
O
e according to any one of claims 1-11, wherein one of R1 and R4 is
where q and r independently are 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5.
13. The conjugate according to any one of claims 1-12, wherein R1 is lower alkyl and R4 is -(CH2)X-L2-Ra wherein Ra is -C(0)N(H)Rb, -N(H)C(0)Rb, -N(H)Rb, or -SRb and Rb is a targeting agent.
14. The conjugate according to any one of claims 1-12, R4 is lower alkyl and R1 is -(CH2)X-L2-Ra wherein Ra is -C(0)N(H)Rb, -N(H)C(0)Rb, -N(H)Rb, or -SRb and Rb is a targeting agent.
15. The conjugate according to any one of claims 1-14, wherein the conjugate has a chemical structure according to Formula II and ring A is a fused heteroaryl ring including one nitrogen atom.
16. The conjugate according to any one of claims 1-14, wherein the conjugate has a chemical structure according to Formula II and ring A is a fused phenyl ring.
17. The conjugate according to any one of claims 1-16, wherein the conjugate has a chemical structure according to Formula II and ring A is substituted with optionally substituted sulfonate.
18. The conjugate according to any one of claims 1-17, wherein the drug is an anticancer drug.
19. The conjugate according to claim 18, wherein the drug is an anti-breast cancer drug
The conjugate according to any one of claims 1-17, wherein -X-Drug
21. The conjugate according to any one of claims 1-17, wherein Rb is panitumumab and the R3 is -C(0)-0-combretastatin A4.
22. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a conjugate according to any one of claims 1-21 wherein Rb is a targeting agent and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
23. A precursor compound having a chemical structure according to Formula III or IV, or a salt thereof:
wherein m is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5;
n is 1, 2 or 3;
one of R1 and R24 is alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, -(O)C-R, or -(O)C-O-R, wherein R is alkyl, and the other of R1 and R24 is -(CH2)U-C≡CH where u is 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5;
R2 is C(RC)2 wherein each Rc independently is H, halo, alkyl, or aryl, or (R2)m collectively is phenyl;
R5 and R10 independently are H, alkyl, alkoxy, or alkyl sulfonate;
R6-R9 and Rn-R14 independently are H, alkyl, amino, alkoxy, or alkyl sulfonate;
each Y independently is C(Rd)2, S, O, Se, or N(Rd) wherein each Rd independently is H or alkyl;
each ring A independently is a 6-membered fused aliphatic, heteroaliphatic, aryl, or heteroaryl ring; and
R23 is a protecting group.
24. The precursor compound of claim 23, wherein the protecting group is
i<?ri-butyloxycarbonyl (BOC) or 9-fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl (FMOC).
26. The precursor compound of claim 23 or claim 24, wherein R1 is -(CH2)U-C≡CH and R24 is lower alkyl. 27. A method, comprising:
providing a conjugate according to any one of claims 1-21, wherein Rb is a targeting agent and wherein if Y is C(Rd)2, at least one Rd is other than H; and
subsequently irradiating the conjugate with targeted application of an effective quantity of light having a selected wavelength in the near-infrared range and a selected intensity to induce a cleavage reaction and release the drug from the conjugate.
28. The method of claim 27, wherein irradiating the conjugate with targeted application of light comprises irradiating the conjugate with a laser that produces light having a wavelength of 680-700 nm.
29. The method of claim 27 or claim 28, further comprising:
monitoring a level of fluorescence of the conjugate; and
ceasing irradiation when the level of fluorescence falls below a target level. 30. The method of any one of claims 27-29, further comprising:
providing a biological sample including, or suspected of including, a target molecule; contacting the biological sample with the conjugate, wherein the targeting agent of the conjugate is capable of recognizing and binding to the target molecule; and
subsequently irradiating the biological sample with the targeted application of light.
31. The method of any one of claims 27-29, further comprising:
identifying a subject as having a condition that may be treated with the drug;
administering a therapeutically effective amount of the conjugate or a pharmaceutical composition comprising the conjugate to the subject; and
subsequently irradiating the conjugate by targeted application of an effective quantity of light having a wavelength in the near-infrared range and a selected intensity to a targeted portion of the subject, thereby releasing the drug from at least some molecules of the conjugate.
32. The method of claim 31, wherein the subject has a tumor and the targeted portion of the subject includes an area proximate a location of the tumor.
33. The method of claim 31 or claim 32, wherein the effective quantity of light applied to the targeted portion is from 10-250 J/cm2.
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US201562204381P | 2015-08-12 | 2015-08-12 | |
| US62/204,381 | 2015-08-12 |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2017027721A1 true WO2017027721A1 (en) | 2017-02-16 |
Family
ID=57983909
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/US2016/046582 WO2017027721A1 (en) | 2015-08-12 | 2016-08-11 | Near-ir light-cleavable conjugates and conjugate precursors |
Country Status (1)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| WO (1) | WO2017027721A1 (en) |
Cited By (9)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2018031448A1 (en) * | 2016-08-11 | 2018-02-15 | The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services | Near-ir light-cleavable conjugates and conjugate precursors |
| WO2018226720A1 (en) * | 2017-06-05 | 2018-12-13 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Heterocyclyl polymethine ir chromophores |
| WO2020041743A1 (en) * | 2018-08-23 | 2020-02-27 | The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services | Water soluble novel cyanine fluorophore with tunable properties between near ir and swir region for in vivo imaging |
| CN112521373A (en) * | 2019-09-19 | 2021-03-19 | 南京大学 | Multi-modal probe and preparation method and application thereof |
| US10961193B2 (en) | 2018-02-15 | 2021-03-30 | The Usa, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services | Non-aggregating heptamethine cyanine fluorophores for in vivo imaging |
| US10994029B2 (en) | 2017-08-24 | 2021-05-04 | The Usa, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services | Conformational restriction of cyanine fluorophores in far-red and near-IR range |
| WO2022203930A1 (en) * | 2021-03-24 | 2022-09-29 | The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services | Fluorogenic cyanine carbamates |
| CN116474123A (en) * | 2023-04-28 | 2023-07-25 | 中国药科大学 | Biological orthogonality-based hydrogen polysulfide fluorescent probe and preparation and application thereof |
| US12043619B2 (en) | 2017-04-03 | 2024-07-23 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Near and shortwave infrared polymethine dyes |
Citations (2)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US20120034295A1 (en) * | 2008-05-13 | 2012-02-09 | David Spiegel | Chimeric small molecules for the recruitment of antibodies to cancer cells |
| US20130149331A1 (en) * | 2011-05-03 | 2013-06-13 | Peng George Wang | Rhamnose and forssman conjugated immunogenic agents |
-
2016
- 2016-08-11 WO PCT/US2016/046582 patent/WO2017027721A1/en active Application Filing
Patent Citations (2)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US20120034295A1 (en) * | 2008-05-13 | 2012-02-09 | David Spiegel | Chimeric small molecules for the recruitment of antibodies to cancer cells |
| US20130149331A1 (en) * | 2011-05-03 | 2013-06-13 | Peng George Wang | Rhamnose and forssman conjugated immunogenic agents |
Non-Patent Citations (2)
| Title |
|---|
| GORKA, ALEXANDER P. ET AL.: "A near-IR uncaging strategy based on cyanine photochemistry.", JOURNAL OF THE AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY, vol. 136.40, 2014, pages 14153 - 14159, XP055181173, Retrieved from the Internet <URL:http://pubs.acs.org/doi/pdf/10.1021/ja5065203> [retrieved on 20140911] * |
| XING, TAO ET AL.: "Synthesis of polypeptide conjugated with near infrared fluorescence probe and doxorubicin for pH-responsive and image-guided drug delivery.", JOURNAL OF MATERIALS CHEMISTRY, vol. 22.41, 2012, pages 22290 - 22300, XP055364988, Retrieved from the Internet <URL:http://or.nsfc.gov.cn/ bitstream/00001903-5/69252/1/1000003592900.pdf> * |
Cited By (17)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US10561729B2 (en) | 2016-08-11 | 2020-02-18 | The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services | Near-IR light-cleavable conjugates and conjugate precursors |
| US10874739B2 (en) | 2016-08-11 | 2020-12-29 | The Unites States of America, as represented by the Secretary, Department of Health and Human Services | Near-IR light-cleavable conjugates and conjugate precursors |
| WO2018031448A1 (en) * | 2016-08-11 | 2018-02-15 | The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services | Near-ir light-cleavable conjugates and conjugate precursors |
| US12043619B2 (en) | 2017-04-03 | 2024-07-23 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Near and shortwave infrared polymethine dyes |
| US11292778B2 (en) | 2017-06-05 | 2022-04-05 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Heterocyclyl polymethine IR chromophores |
| WO2018226720A1 (en) * | 2017-06-05 | 2018-12-13 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Heterocyclyl polymethine ir chromophores |
| US11707537B2 (en) | 2017-08-24 | 2023-07-25 | The Usa, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services | Conformational restriction of cyanine fluorophores in far-red and near-IR range |
| US10994029B2 (en) | 2017-08-24 | 2021-05-04 | The Usa, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services | Conformational restriction of cyanine fluorophores in far-red and near-IR range |
| US10961193B2 (en) | 2018-02-15 | 2021-03-30 | The Usa, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services | Non-aggregating heptamethine cyanine fluorophores for in vivo imaging |
| US11746086B2 (en) | 2018-02-15 | 2023-09-05 | The Usa, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services | Non-aggregating heptamethine cyanine fluorophores for in vivo imaging |
| US11465993B2 (en) | 2018-08-23 | 2022-10-11 | The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services | Water soluble novel cyanine fluorophore with tunable properties between near IR and SWIR region for in vivo imaging |
| AU2019325658B2 (en) * | 2018-08-23 | 2024-02-15 | The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services | Water soluble novel cyanine fluorophore with tunable properties between near IR and SWIR region for in vivo imaging |
| WO2020041743A1 (en) * | 2018-08-23 | 2020-02-27 | The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services | Water soluble novel cyanine fluorophore with tunable properties between near ir and swir region for in vivo imaging |
| CN112521373B (en) * | 2019-09-19 | 2022-02-11 | 南京大学 | Multi-modal probe and preparation method and application thereof |
| CN112521373A (en) * | 2019-09-19 | 2021-03-19 | 南京大学 | Multi-modal probe and preparation method and application thereof |
| WO2022203930A1 (en) * | 2021-03-24 | 2022-09-29 | The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services | Fluorogenic cyanine carbamates |
| CN116474123A (en) * | 2023-04-28 | 2023-07-25 | 中国药科大学 | Biological orthogonality-based hydrogen polysulfide fluorescent probe and preparation and application thereof |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| US10874739B2 (en) | Near-IR light-cleavable conjugates and conjugate precursors | |
| WO2017027721A1 (en) | Near-ir light-cleavable conjugates and conjugate precursors | |
| US11707537B2 (en) | Conformational restriction of cyanine fluorophores in far-red and near-IR range | |
| US11746086B2 (en) | Non-aggregating heptamethine cyanine fluorophores for in vivo imaging | |
| JP6815201B2 (en) | Compounds containing self-destructive groups | |
| US11465993B2 (en) | Water soluble novel cyanine fluorophore with tunable properties between near IR and SWIR region for in vivo imaging | |
| WO2016072984A1 (en) | A new class of stable heptamethine cyanine fluorophores and biomedical applications thereof | |
| US20250304545A1 (en) | Water-soluble heterocyclyl polymethine chromophores | |
| US20250144250A1 (en) | Ph-sensitive fluorophores | |
| JP7736259B2 (en) | Compound, its manufacturing method, composite and short-wave infrared fluorescent agent | |
| US20250109104A1 (en) | Squaraine fluorophores | |
| KR20250150111A (en) | Camptothecin derivatives and conjugates thereof, methods for preparing the same, and medical uses thereof |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 16835921 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
| NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
| 122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 16835921 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |